summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-02-08 23:44:15 +0000
committerKarl Berry <karl@freefriends.org>2008-02-08 23:44:15 +0000
commit2fda7765c6aed9264c9393b15b6d380919d320c8 (patch)
tree5f7d38e2672e0af25893557c626b586b78baffb5
parentd930e60f53da36d97d91f77e00d01c242f4aba37 (diff)
finish removing eomega, remove other now-unused w32 support files per akira
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@6569 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/aleph.mak197
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/com-supp-w32.ch26
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/comw32.ch77
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch696
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch795
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch5542
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch10
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch23
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch114
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch54
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch150
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch35
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines74
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech69
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak193
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk174
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h37
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch321
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch498
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch0
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch52
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch21
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch173
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch045
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1155
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch283
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex12
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/mf-supp-w32.ch77
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/mp-supp-w32.ch77
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/com-supp-w32.ch26
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/comw32.ch77
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/omega.mak270
-rw-r--r--Build/source/texk/web2c/tex-supp-w32.ch86
33 files changed, 0 insertions, 10239 deletions
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/aleph.mak b/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/aleph.mak
deleted file mode 100644
index cde20b5cb85..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/aleph.mak
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-################################################################################
-#
-# Makefile : Aleph, Web2C win32.mak makefile fragment to build Aleph
-# Author : Fabrice Popineau <Fabrice.Popineau@supelec.fr>
-# Platform : Win32, Microsoft VC++ 6.0, depends upon fpTeX 0.5 sources
-# Time-stamp: <04/03/20 16:42:18 popineau>
-#
-################################################################################
-
-# Aleph itself.
-
-aleph_build = rc2
-
-# We build aleph
-aleph = $(objdir)\aleph.exe
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-aleph = $(aleph) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.dll
-!endif
-
-# The C sources.
-aleph_c = aleph.c
-aleph_o = $(objdir)\aleph.obj $(objdir)\alephfirst.obj $(objdir)\alephbis.obj
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-
-alephdir = .\alephdir
-
-#
-# e-Omega is build without the xml support
-# so we can't reuse aleph.web and aleph.ch
-# we need to build stripped down versions
-#
-aleph_files = \
-# $(alephdir)\omnode.ch \
- $(alephdir)\om16bit.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omstr.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omfont.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omchar.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omfi.ch \
- $(alephdir)\ompar.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omocp.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omfilter.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omtrans.ch \
- $(alephdir)\omdir.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eobase.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eofmt.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eomem-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\eo16bit-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\eoext.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eoeqtb.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eofix.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eocprt.ch \
- $(alephdir)\eonewdir-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\eover-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\eopage-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\eochar-$(aleph_build).ch
-
-aleph_changefiles = \
-# $(alephdir)\omega.ch0 \
-# $(alephdir)\comnode.ch \
- $(alephdir)\com16bit-$(aleph_build).ch \
- $(alephdir)\comstr.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comfont.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comchar.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comfi.ch \
- $(alephdir)\compar.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comocp.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comfilter.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comtrans.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comdir.ch \
-# $(alephdir)\comxml.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comsrcspec.ch \
- $(alephdir)\ceostuff.ch \
- $(alephdir)\comw32.ch \
-# $(alephdir)\omega.ch1 \
-# $(alephdir)\eomega.ech \
-# $(alephdir)\omega.ch2
-
-# Linking
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-$(ojbdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.exp: $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.lib
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.lib: $(aleph_o)
- $(archive) /DEF $(aleph_o)
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.dll: $(aleph_o) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.exp $(objdir)\aleph.res $(alephlibsdep) $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link_dll) $(**) $(conlibs)
-
-$(objdir)\aleph.exe: $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)aleph.lib $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketslib) $(conlibs)
-!else
-$(objdir)\aleph.exe: $(aleph_o) $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketlibs) $(conlibs)
-!endif
-
-# The C files
-$(aleph_c) alephcoerce.h alephd.h: aleph.p $(web2c_texmf)
- $(web2c) aleph
-# Additional C files, just copy them.
-alephfirst.c: alephdir\aleph.c
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\alephdir\aleph.c $@
-alephbis.c: alephdir\alephbis.c
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\alephdir\alephbis.c $@
-alephmem.h: alephdir\alephmem.h
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\alephdir\alephmem.h $@
-
-# The Pascal file
-aleph.p aleph.pool: $(objdir)\otangle.exe aleph.web aleph.ch
- $(objdir)\otangle aleph.web aleph.ch
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-aleph.web: $(objdir)\tie.exe tex.web $(aleph_files)
- $(objdir)\tie.exe -m $@ tex.web $(aleph_files)
-
-aleph.ch: $(objdir)\tie.exe aleph.web $(aleph_changefiles)
- $(objdir)\tie.exe -c $@ aleph.web $(aleph_changefiles)
-
-# Check: right now all we do is build the format.
-check: aleph-check
-aleph-check: aleph aleph.afmt
-# Cleaning up from building aleph
-clean:: aleph-clean
-aleph-clean:
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(aleph_c) alephextra.c alephcoerce.h alephd.h \
- alephfirst.c alephbis.c aleph.p aleph.pool \
- aleph.web aleph.ch) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-#
-# Dumps.
-# all_afmts = aleph.afmt $(afmts)
-
-# dumps: afmts
-# afmts: $(all_afmts)
-
-# aleph.afmt: $(aleph)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=aleph files="omega.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\aleph --ini --progname=aleph --jobname=aleph "\\input omega.tex \\dump" < nul
-#
-# elambda.afmt: $(aleph)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=elambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\aleph --ini --progname=elambda --progname=elambda --jobname=elambda "\\input lambda.tex" < nul
-
-
-#
-# Installation.
-install-aleph: install-aleph-exec install-aleph-data
-install-aleph-exec: install-aleph-links
-# install-aleph-data: install-aleph-dumps
-install-aleph-dumps: install-aleph-fmts
-
-# The actual binary executables and pool files.
-install-programs: install-aleph-programs
-install-aleph-programs: $(aleph) $(bindir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%p in ($(aleph)) do copy %%p $(bindir) $(redir_stdout) \
- )
-
-# install-links: install-aleph-links
-install-aleph-links: install-aleph-programs
-# -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
-# pushd $(bindir) & \
-# $(del) inialeph.exe viraleph.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\aleph.exe .\inialeph.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\aleph.exe .\viraleph.exe & \
-# popd \
-# ) $(redir_stdout)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(afmts)"=="" \
- for %%i in ($(afmts)) do \
- pushd $(bindir) & \
- $(del) .\%%~ni.exe & \
- $(lnexe) .\aleph.exe $(bindir)\%%~ni.exe & \
- popd \
- ) $(redir_stdout)
-
-# install-fmts: install-aleph-fmts
-install-aleph-fmts: afmts $(fmtdir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(afmts)"=="" \
- for %%f in ($(afmts)) do $(copy) %%f $(fmtdir)\%%f $(redir_stdout) \
- ) $(redir_stdout)
-
-# Auxiliary files.
-install-data:: install-aleph-data
-install-aleph-data: $(texpooldir)
- @$(copy) aleph.pool $(texpooldir)\aleph.pool $(redir_stdout)
-
-# end of aleph.mak
-#
-# Local variables:
-# page-delimiter: "^# \f"
-# mode: Makefile
-# End:
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/com-supp-w32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/com-supp-w32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index f886235b99d..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/com-supp-w32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {allow only one error.}
-@z
-
-@x
- ready_already:=0;
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
-@z
-
-@x
-print_char("."); show_context;
-@y
-if not file_line_error_style_p then begin
- print_char("."); show_context
-end;
-
-if (halt_on_error_p) then begin
- history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out;
-end;
-
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/comw32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/comw32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 12afcb2d09e..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/alephdir/comw32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {format error messages as file:line:error}
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {stop at first error.}
-@!quoted_filename : boolean;
-@z
-
-@x l:1927
- ready_already:=0;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@z
-
-@x l:10101
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-@y
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-quoted_filename:=false;
-@z
-
-@x l:10111
-begin if c=" " then more_name:=false
-else begin str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@y
-begin
-if c="""" then begin
- quoted_filename:=not quoted_filename;
- more_name:=true;
-end;
-if (c=" ") and (not quoted_filename) then more_name:=false
-else begin
- if (c="*") then c:=" "
- else if (c="?") then c:="~";
- str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@z
-
-@x l:10175
-begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e);
-@y
-begin texmf_print_filename (a, n, e);
-@z
-
-@x l:10184
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end
-@y
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; if not (c="""") then begin incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end end
-@z
-
-@x l:13060
- print_nl("Output written on "); slow_print(output_file_name);
-@y
- print_nl("Output written on "); texmf_print_filename(0, output_file_name, 0);
-@z
-
-@x
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-@y
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-
- texmf_start_job;
-@z
-
-@x l:24891
- slow_print(log_name); print_char(".");
- end;
-@y
- texmf_print_filename(0, log_name, 0); print_char(".");
- end;
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index ee5e907d349..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc1.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,696 +0,0 @@
-% This is an \eOmega change file; it brings \eTeX register numbers
-% from 32767 ($2^{15}-1$) to 65535 ($2^{16}-1), to bring it on line
-% with \Omega
-% Noticeably, since Omega has 16-bit quarterwords, it is possible
-% to do so without changing much.
-% Notice that we do this for marks register: everything else is
-% brought to level with Omega in eomem.ch
-%----------------------------------------
-@x Section 53a onwards l.4600
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
-max_reg_num:=32767;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767.";
-@y
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
-max_reg_num:=65535;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 65535.";
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4607
-@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the
-sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and
-one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes.
-The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
-pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index
-nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
-and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are
-followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.
-
-Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible
-subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
-words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
-array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)
-
-The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
-array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next
-lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one
-hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest
-index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
-the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|,
-|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index
-nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.
-@y
-@ There is one doubly linked tree, to handle the sparse array of the up
-to 65535 additional mark classes.
-The root of the tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
-pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index
-nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
-and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are
-followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.
-
-Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible
-subtrees are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
-words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
-array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)
-
-The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
-array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next
-lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains eight bits (two
-hexadecimal digits) of the mark class. For the lowest
-index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
-the type of quantity (which is always |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the
-index nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4630
-The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four
-bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count
-or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it
-represents a skip or muskip register if and only if
-|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register
-if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a
-token list register if and only if
-|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark
-class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|.
-
-The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
-having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.
-
-@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers}
-@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes}
-@#
-@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$}
-@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$}
-@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$}
-@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$}
-@y
-The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the eight
-bits plus 256 times the type. The type field is actually ignored,
-since we only use this hoop-jumpings for marks registers (the code
-will probably get a rewrite to get in line with the rest of the
-(e-)Omega stuf, anyway, so \dots)
-
-The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
-having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.
-
-@d box_val==7 {the additional box registers}
-@d mark_val=8 {the additional mark classes}
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark
-classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must
-be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|.
-
-@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays}
-@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
-@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;
-
-@ @<Initialize table...@>=
-for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null;
-@y
-@ The root of the tree for the additional mark classes is kept
-in |sa_mark|.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_mark:pointer; {pointer to sparse array of marks}
-@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
-@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4681
-@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element|
-procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the
-corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The
-third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g.,
-because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main
-branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used
-when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes.
-
-We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
-number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
-an index node.
-
-@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
- begin if cur_ptr=null then
- if w then goto #@+else return;
- end
-@#
-@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@#
-@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
- {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
-@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
- end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
- end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
- {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
-label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
-var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t];
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
-return;
-not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
-sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
-not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
-not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
-not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
-not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
-link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an
-|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|.
-Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g.,
-\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element,
-we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array
-element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its
-|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values
-are stored in the |sa_ptr| field.
-Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their
-values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third
-word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store
-the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three
-words contain the five types of current marks
-
-@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
-@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
-@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index}
-@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
-@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
-@#
-@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value}
-@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
-@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
-@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
-@#
-@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
-@#
-@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|}
- if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
-
-@<Create a new array element...@>=
-if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
- mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
- end
-else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;
- sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;
- end
- else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);
- if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register}
- begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);
- end
- else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register}
- end;
- sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count}
- end;
-sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one
-
-@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
-element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
-reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference
-count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
-default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
-some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class
-nodes.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
-@#
-@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same}
- if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#)
-@#
-
-{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) }
-@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr<>0 then
- begin
- set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#);
- add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
-label exit;
-var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
-begin decr(sa_ref(q));
-if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
-if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size
- else return
-else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then
- if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue)
- else return
- else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
- s:=pointer_node_size;
- end;
-repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
-if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
- begin sa_root[i]:=null; return;
- end;
-delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
-until sa_used(q)>0;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
-to an array element.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
-var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
-begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case}
-else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
- q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
- end;
-print_int(n);
-end;
-
-@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
-symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is
-|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
-the |eqtb| array.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
-var t:small_number; {the type of element}
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
-if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen}
-else begin t:=sa_type(p);
- if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)
- else if t=box_val then
- begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- print_char("=");
- if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))
- else if t=dimen_val then
- begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");
- end
- else begin p:=sa_ptr(p);
- if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")
- else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")
- else if t=box_val then
- if p=null then print("void")
- else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then
- begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);
- end
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- end;
- end;
-print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-@y
-@ Given a type |t| (which is always |mark_val|) and a sixteen-bit number |n|,
-the |find_sa_element| procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node
-for the corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists.
-The third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., because
-it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main branches: one follows
-the existing tree structure, the other (only used when |w| is |true|) creates
-the missing nodes.
-
-We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
-number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
-an index node.
-
-@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
- begin if cur_ptr=null then
- if w then goto #@+else return;
- end
-@#
-{FIXME: needs debugging}
-@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@#
-@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
- {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
-@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
- end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
- end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
- {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
-label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
-var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin
-begin if t<>mark_val then begin
- cur_ptr:=null;
- return;
-end; end;
-cur_ptr:=sa_mark;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
-return;
-not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
-sa_mark:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
-not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
-not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
-not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
-not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
-link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
-exit:end;
-
-@ FIXME OBSOLETE The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an
-|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|.
-Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g.,
-\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element,
-we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array
-element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its
-|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values
-are stored in the |sa_ptr| field.
-Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their
-values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third
-word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store
-the register number.
-
-@ Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three
-words contain the five types of current marks
-
-@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
-@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
-@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 256) {type part of combined type/index}
-@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
-@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
-@#
-{FIXME: will be removed}
-@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value}
-@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
-@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
-@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
-@#
-@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
-@#
-{FIXME: will be removed}
-@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|}
- if cur_val<number_regs then #:=box(cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
-
-@<Create a new array element...@>=
-if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
- mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
- end;
-{
-|else begin if t<=dimen_val then| {a count or dimen register}
-| begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;|
-| sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;|
-| end|
-| else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);|
-| if t<=mu_val then| {a skip or muskip register}
-| begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);|
-| end|
-| else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; |{a box or token list register}
-| end;|
-| sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null;| {all registers have a reference count}
-| end;|
-}
-sa_index(cur_ptr):=256*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one
-
-@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
-element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
-reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference
-count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
-default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
-some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class
-nodes.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
-@#
-@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same}
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)
-@#
-
-{FIXME: will be removed}
-@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr<>0 then
- begin
- set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#);
- add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
-label exit;
-var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
-begin decr(sa_ref(q));
-if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
-if false then {was |if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then|}
- if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size
- else return
-else begin if false then {was |sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then|}
- if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue)
- else return
- else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
- s:=pointer_node_size;
- end;
-repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
-if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
- begin
- sa_mark:=null {was |sa_root[i]:=null|}; return;
- end;
-delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
-until sa_used(q)>0;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
-to an array element.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
-var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
-begin if false {was |sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit|} then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case}
-else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
- q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
- end;
-print_int(n);
-end;
-
-@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
-symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is
-|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
-the |eqtb| array.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
-var t:small_number; {the type of element}
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
-{
-|if p=null then print_char("?")| {this can't happen}
-|else begin t:=sa_type(p);|
-| if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)|
-| else if t=box_val then|
-| begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);|
-| end|
-| else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)|
-| else print_char("?");| {this can't happen either}
-| print_char("=");|
-| if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))|
-| else if t=dimen_val then|
-| begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");|
-| end|
-| else begin p:=sa_ptr(p);|
-| if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")|
-| else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")|
-| else if t=box_val then|
-| if p=null then print("void")|
-| else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);|
-| end|
-| else if t=tok_val then|
-| begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);|
-| end|
-| else print_char("?");| {this can't happen either}
-| end;|
-| end;|
-}
-print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-% TODO: l.5029+: will the simply be removed?
-% (i.e.: cases which cannot happen (anymore)?)
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|}
-var q:pointer; {the new save node}
-@!i:quarterword; {index field of node}
-begin if cur_level<>sa_level then
- begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa;
- save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain;
- incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level;
- end;
-i:=sa_index(p);
-if i<dimen_val_limit then
- begin if sa_int(p)=0 then
- begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit;
- end
- else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p);
- end;
- sa_ptr(q):=null;
- end
-else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p);
- end;
-sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p);
-link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|}
-begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p))
-else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then
- if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p))
- else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p));
-end;
-@y
-procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|}
-var q:pointer; {the new save node}
-@!i:quarterword; {index field of node}
-begin if cur_level<>sa_level then
- begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa;
- save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain;
- incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level;
- end;
-i:=sa_index(p);
-if false {was |i<dimen_val_limit|} then
- begin if sa_int(p)=0 then
- begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=i {was |i:=tok_val_limit|};
- end
- else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p);
- end;
- sa_ptr(q):=null;
- end
-else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p);
- end;
-sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p);
-link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|}
-begin if false {was |sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit|} then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p))
-else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then
- if false {was |sa_index(p)<box_val_limit|} then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p))
- else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p));
-end;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-procedure sa_restore;
-var p:pointer; {sparse array element}
-begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain);
-if sa_lev(p)=level_one then
- begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain)
- else sa_int(p):=0
- else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain);
- end;
- sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p);
-if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size)
-else free_node(p,pointer_node_size);
-until sa_chain=null;
-end;
-@y
-procedure sa_restore;
-var p:pointer; {sparse array element}
-begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain);
-if sa_lev(p)=level_one then
- begin {|if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then|} sa_destroy(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin if false {was |sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit|} then
- if false {was |sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit|} then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain)
- else sa_int(p):=0
- else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain);
- end;
- sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p);
-if false {was |sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit|} then free_node(p,word_node_size)
-else free_node(p,pointer_node_size);
-until sa_chain=null;
-end;
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index e888efa80f4..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eo16bit-rc2.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,795 +0,0 @@
-% This is an \eOmega change file; it brings \eTeX register numbers
-% from 32767 ($2^{15}-1$) to 65535 ($2^{16}-1), to bring it on line
-% with \Omega
-% Noticeably, since Omega has 16-bit quarterwords, it is possible
-% to do so without changing much.
-% Notice that we do this for marks register: everything else is
-% brought to level with Omega in eomem.ch
-%----------------------------------------
-@x Section 53a onwards l.4600
-@ \eTeX\ (in extended mode) supports 32768 (i.e., $2^{15}$) count,
-dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. As in \TeX\ the first
-256 registers of each kind are realized as arrays in the table of
-equivalents; the additional registers are realized as tree structures
-built from variable-size nodes with individual registers existing only
-when needed. Default values are used for nonexistent registers: zero
-for count and dimen values, |zero_glue| for glue (skip and muskip)
-values, void for boxes, and |null| for token lists (and current marks
-discussed below).
-
-Similarly there are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n|
-creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where
-\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually
-the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current
-values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and
-|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as
-\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to
-\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero
-are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are
-again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing
-only when needed.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("marks",mark,marks_code);
-@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@>
-primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@>
-
-@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a register number that must
-not exceed 255 in compatibility mode resp.\ 32767 in extended mode.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>=
-procedure scan_register_num;
-begin scan_int;
-if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then
- begin print_err("Bad register code");
-@.Bad register code@>
- help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero.");
- int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>=
-max_reg_num:=255;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255.";
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
-max_reg_num:=32767;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767.";
-@y
-@ \eOmega\ (in extended mode) supports 65536 (i.e., $2^{16}$) count,
-dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. They are
-implemented as in \TeX.
-
-There are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n|
-creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where
-\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually
-the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current
-values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and
-|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as
-\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to
-\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero
-are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are
-again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing
-only when needed.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("marks",mark,marks_code);
-@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@>
-primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@>
-
-@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a (token) register number.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>=
-procedure scan_register_num;
-begin scan_int;
-if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then
- begin print_err("Bad register code");
-@.Bad register code@>
- help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero.");
- int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>=
-max_reg_num:=255;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255.";
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
-max_reg_num:=32767;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32727.";
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4607
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number}
-@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message}
-
-@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the
-sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and
-one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes.
-The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
-pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index
-nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
-and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are
-followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.
-
-Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible
-subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
-words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
-array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)
-
-The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
-array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next
-lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one
-hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest
-index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
-the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|,
-|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index
-nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.
-@y
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number}
-@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message}
-
-@ There is one doubly linked tree, to handle the sparse array of the up
-to 32727 additional mark classes.
-The root of the tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
-pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index
-nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
-and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are
-followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.
-
-Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible
-subtrees are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
-words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
-array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)
-
-The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
-array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next
-lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains eight bits (two
-hexadecimal digits) of the mark class. For the lowest
-index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
-the type of quantity (which is always |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the
-index nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4630
-The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four
-bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count
-or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it
-represents a skip or muskip register if and only if
-|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register
-if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a
-token list register if and only if
-|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark
-class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|.
-
-The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
-having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.
-
-@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers}
-@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes}
-@#
-@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$}
-@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$}
-@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$}
-@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$}
-@y
-The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the eight
-bits plus 256 times the type. The type field is actually ignored,
-since we only use this hoop-jumpings for marks registers (the code
-will probably get a rewrite to get in line with the rest of the
-(e-)Omega stuf, anyway, so \dots)
-
-The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
-having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.
-
-@d mark_val=7 {the additional mark classes}
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark
-classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must
-be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|.
-
-@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays}
-@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
-@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;
-
-@ @<Initialize table...@>=
-for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null;
-@y
-@ The root of the tree for the additional mark classes is kept
-in |sa_mark|.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_mark:pointer; {pointer to sparse array of marks}
-@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
-@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.4681
-@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element|
-procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the
-corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The
-third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g.,
-because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main
-branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used
-when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes.
-
-We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
-number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
-an index node.
-
-@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
- begin if cur_ptr=null then
- if w then goto #@+else return;
- end
-@#
-@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@#
-@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
- {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
-@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
- end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
- end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
- {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
-label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
-var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t];
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
-return;
-not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
-sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
-not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
-not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
-not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
-not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
-link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an
-|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|.
-Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g.,
-\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element,
-we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array
-element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its
-|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values
-are stored in the |sa_ptr| field.
-Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their
-values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third
-word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store
-the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three
-words contain the five types of current marks
-
-@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
-@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
-@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index}
-@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
-@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
-@#
-@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value}
-@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
-@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
-@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
-@#
-@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
-@#
-@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|}
- if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
-
-@<Create a new array element...@>=
-if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
- mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
- end
-else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;
- sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;
- end
- else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);
- if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register}
- begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);
- end
- else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register}
- end;
- sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count}
- end;
-sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one
-
-@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
-element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
-reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference
-count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
-default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
-some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class
-nodes.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
-@#
-@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same}
- if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#)
-@#
-
-{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) }
-@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr<>0 then
- begin
- set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#);
- add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
-label exit;
-var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
-begin decr(sa_ref(q));
-if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
-if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size
- else return
-else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then
- if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue)
- else return
- else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
- s:=pointer_node_size;
- end;
-repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
-if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
- begin sa_root[i]:=null; return;
- end;
-delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
-until sa_used(q)>0;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
-to an array element.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
-var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
-begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case}
-else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
- q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
- end;
-print_int(n);
-end;
-
-@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
-symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is
-|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
-the |eqtb| array.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
-var t:small_number; {the type of element}
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
-if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen}
-else begin t:=sa_type(p);
- if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)
- else if t=box_val then
- begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- print_char("=");
- if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))
- else if t=dimen_val then
- begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");
- end
- else begin p:=sa_ptr(p);
- if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")
- else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")
- else if t=box_val then
- if p=null then print("void")
- else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then
- begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);
- end
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- end;
- end;
-print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-@y
-@ Given a type |t| (which is always |mark_val|) and a sixteen-bit number |n|,
-the |find_sa_element| procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node
-for the corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists.
-The third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g., because
-it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main branches: one follows
-the existing tree structure, the other (only used when |w| is |true|) creates
-the missing nodes.
-
-We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
-number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
-an index node.
-
-@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
- begin if cur_ptr=null then
- if w then goto #@+else return;
- end
-@#
-{FIXME: needs debugging}
-@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@#
-@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
- {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
-@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
- end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
- end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
- {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
-label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
-var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin
-begin if t<>mark_val then begin
- cur_ptr:=null;
- return;
-end; end;
-cur_ptr:=sa_mark;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
-return;
-not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
-sa_mark:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
-not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
-not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
-not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
-not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
-link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
-exit:end;
-
-@ Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three
-words contain the five types of current marks
-
-@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
-@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
-@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 256) {type part of combined type/index}
-@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
-@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
-@#
-@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
-@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
-@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
-@#
-@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
-@#
-
-@<Create a new array element...@>=
-if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
- mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
- end;
-sa_index(cur_ptr):=256*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one
-
-@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
-element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
-reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference
-count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
-default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
-some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class
-nodes.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
-@#
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
-label exit;
-var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
-begin decr(sa_ref(q));
-if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
-if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
-s:=pointer_node_size;
-repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
-if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
- begin
- sa_mark:=null {was |sa_root[i]:=null|}; return;
- end;
-delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
-until sa_used(q)>0;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
-to an array element.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
-var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
-begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
- q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
-print_int(n);
-end;
-
-@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
-symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is
-|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
-the |eqtb| array.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
-var t:small_number; {the type of element}
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
-print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-% TODO: l.5029+: will the simply be removed?
-% (i.e.: cases which cannot happen (anymore)?)
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.5078
-@ The command code |register| is used for `\.{\\count}', `\.{\\dimen}',
-etc., as well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
-`\.{\\countdef}', etc.
-
-@<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-begin if (chr_code<mem_bot)or(chr_code>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- cmd:=sa_type(chr_code)
-else begin cmd:=chr_code-mem_bot; chr_code:=null;
- end;
-if cmd=int_val then print_esc("count")
-else if cmd=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
-else if cmd=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
-else print_esc("muskip");
-if chr_code<>null then print_sa_num(chr_code);
-end
-
-@ Similarly the command code |toks_register| is used for `\.{\\toks}' as
-well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
-`\.{\\toksdef}'.
-
-@<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-begin print_esc("toks");
-if chr_code<>mem_bot then print_sa_num(chr_code);
-end
-
-@ When a shorthand definition for an element of one of the sparse arrays
-is destroyed, we must reduce the reference count.
-
-@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>=
-toks_register,register:
- if (equiv_field(w)<mem_bot)or(equiv_field(w)>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- delete_sa_ref(equiv_field(w));
-
-@ The task to maintain (change, save, and restore) register values is
-essentially the same when the register is realized as sparse array
-element or entry in |eqtb|. The global variable |sa_chain| is the head
-of a linked list of entries saved at the topmost level |sa_level|; the
-lists for lowel levels are kept in special save stack entries.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_chain: pointer; {chain of saved sparse array entries}
-@!sa_level: quarterword; {group level for |sa_chain|}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=level_zero;
-
-@ The individual saved items are kept in pointer or word nodes similar
-to those used for the array elements: a word node with value zero is,
-however, saved as pointer node with the otherwise impossible |sa_index|
-value |tok_val_limit|.
-
-@d sa_loc==sa_ref {location of saved item}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|}
-var q:pointer; {the new save node}
-@!i:quarterword; {index field of node}
-begin if cur_level<>sa_level then
- begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa;
- save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain;
- incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level;
- end;
-i:=sa_index(p);
-if i<dimen_val_limit then
- begin if sa_int(p)=0 then
- begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit;
- end
- else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p);
- end;
- sa_ptr(q):=null;
- end
-else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p);
- end;
-sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p);
-link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|}
-begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p))
-else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then
- if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p))
- else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p));
-end;
-
-@ The procedure |sa_def| assigns a new value to sparse array elements,
-and saves the former value if appropriate. This procedure is used only
-for skip, muskip, box, and token list registers. The counterpart of
-|sa_def| for count and dimen registers is called |sa_w_def|.
-
-@d sa_define(#)==if e then
- if global then gsa_def(#)@+else sa_def(#)
- else define
-@#
-@d sa_def_box== {assign |cur_box| to |box(cur_val)|}
- begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,true);
- if global then gsa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box)@+else sa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box);
- end
-@#
-@d sa_word_define(#)==if e then
- if global then gsa_w_def(#)@+else sa_w_def(#)
- else word_define(#)
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword);
- {new data for sparse array elements}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-if sa_ptr(p)=e then
- begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
- sa_destroy(p);
- end
-else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
- if sa_lev(p)=cur_level then sa_destroy(p)@+else sa_save(p);
- sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_ptr(p):=e;
- @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-@#
-procedure sa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer);
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-if sa_int(p)=w then
- begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
- if sa_lev(p)<>cur_level then sa_save(p);
- sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_int(p):=w;
- @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ The |sa_def| and |sa_w_def| routines take care of local definitions.
-@^global definitions@>
-Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need
-to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure gsa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); {global |sa_def|}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
-sa_destroy(p); sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_ptr(p):=e;
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-@#
-procedure gsa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); {global |sa_w_def|}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
-sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_int(p):=w;
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ The |sa_restore| procedure restores the sparse array entries pointed
-at by |sa_chain|
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_restore;
-var p:pointer; {sparse array element}
-begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain);
-if sa_lev(p)=level_one then
- begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain)
- else sa_int(p):=0
- else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain);
- end;
- sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p);
-if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size)
-else free_node(p,pointer_node_size);
-until sa_chain=null;
-end;
-@y
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 5cffb470b60..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eobase.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5542 +0,0 @@
-% vim: ft=change
-% TODO: sparse arrays
-% This is the first of the set of
-% WEB change file containing code for various features extending Omega;
-% these files define the e-Omega program, and are designed to be applied
-% to omega.web (Version 3.14159--1.15) compiled without XML support.
-% This change-file is heavily based on etex.ch,
-% defining version 2.1 of e-TeX.
-
-% ATTENTION: The software is currently in pre-alpha stage.
-
-% The TeX program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth.
-% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
-% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group.
-
-% All line numbers refer to TEX.WEB 3.14159 as of March 21, 1995.
-% TODO: double line number reference, having them for both TEX.WEB
-% and (X)OMEGA.WEB
-
-@x limbo l.1 - this is e-Omega
-% (C) 1994--2000 by John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
-@y
-% (C) 2002 by Giuseppe Bilotta and the e-Omega task force;
-% all rights are reserved.
-%
-% e-Omega is directly derived from e-TeX, an extension of
-% Donald E. Knuth's TeX developed by Peter Breitenlohner and
-% the NTS team, and Omega, another extension of TeX, developed by
-% John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
-
-% e-Omega is designed in the form of a set of WEB changefiles
-% to be applied to Omega (version 3.14159--1.15)
-% compiled without XML support. The changefiles are heavily based
-% on the e-TeX 2.1 changefiles.
-
-% Omega is copyright (C) 1994--2000 by John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x limbo l.1 - this is e-TeX
-%
-% This program is copyright (C) 1982 by D. E. Knuth; all rights are reserved.
-% Copying of this file is authorized only if (1) you are D. E. Knuth, or if
-% (2) you make absolutely no changes to your copy. (The WEB system provides
-% for alterations via an auxiliary file; the master file should stay intact.)
-% See Appendix H of the WEB manual for hints on how to install this program.
-% And see Appendix A of the TRIP manual for details about how to validate it.
-
-% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
-% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
-@y
-
-% e-TeX is copyright (C) 1994,98 by the NTS team; all rights are reserved.
-
-% e-TeX and NTS are trademarks of the NTS group.
-% TeX is a trademark of the American Mathematical Society.
-% METAFONT is a trademark of Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
-
-% e-TeX is directly derived from Donald E. Knuth's TeX;
-% the change history which follows and the reward offered for finders of
-% bugs refer specifically to TeX; they should not be taken as referring
-% to e-TeX, although the change history is relevant in that it
-% demonstrates the evolutionary path followed. This program is not TeX;
-% that name is reserved strictly for the program which is the creation
-% and sole responsibility of Professor Knuth.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x limbo l.50 - e-TeX history
-% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the TeX program
-% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the author disclaims any
-% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to
-% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in
-% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has
-% been a ``labor of love'' and the author hopes that users enjoy it.
-@y
-% A preliminary version of TeX--XeT was released in April 1992.
-% TeX--XeT version 1.0 was released in June 1992,
-% version 1.1 prevented arith overflow in glue computation (Oct 1992).
-% A preliminary e-TeX version 0.95 was operational in March 1994.
-% Version 1.0beta was released in May 1995.
-% Version 1.01beta fixed bugs in just_copy and every_eof (December 1995).
-% Version 1.02beta allowed 256 mark classes (March 1996).
-% Version 1.1 changed \group{type,level} -> \currentgroup{type,level},
-% first public release (October 1996).
-% Version 2.0 development was started in March 1997;
-% fixed a ligature-\beginR bug in January 1998;
-% was released in March 1998.
-% Version 2.1 fixed a marks bug (when min_halfword<>0) (January 1999).
-
-% e-Omega includes all the e-TeX extensions, except for TeX--XeT and
-% some optimizations.
-
-% Release Candidate 0 was released in Janurary 2003.
-
-% Although considerable effort has been expended to make the e-Omega program
-% correct and reliable, no warranty is implied; the authors disclaim any
-% obligation or liability for damages, including but not limited to
-% special, indirect, or consequential damages arising out of or in
-% connection with the use or performance of this software. This work has
-% been a ``labor of love'' and the authors hope that users enjoy it.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x limbo l.61 - e-TeX logo, TeXXeT
-\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL
-@y
-\let\mc=\ninerm % medium caps for names like SAIL
-\def\eTeX{$\varepsilon$-\TeX}
-\def\eOmega{$\varepsilon$-$\Omega$}
-% \font\revrm=xbmc10 % for right-to-left text
-% % to generate xbmc10 (i.e., reflected cmbx10) use a file
-% % xbmc10.mf containing:
-% %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-% % if unknown cmbase: input cmbase fi
-% % extra_endchar := extra_endchar &
-% % "currentpicture:=currentpicture " &
-% % "reflectedabout((.5[l,r],0),(.5[l,r],1));";
-% % input cmbx10
-% %+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
-% \ifx\beginL\undefined % this is TeX
- \def\XeT{X\kern-.125em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667emT}
- \def\TeXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm \XeT}} % for TeX-XeT
- \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-\hbox{\revrm -\XeT}} % for TeX--XeT
-% \else
-% \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined % this is \TeXeT
-% \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}} % for TeX-XeT
-% \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT
-% \else % this is \eTeX
-% \def\TeXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX\endR}} % for TeX-XeT
-% \def\TeXXeT{\TeX-{\TeXXeTstate=1\revrm\beginR\TeX-\endR}} % for TeX--XeT
-% \fi
-% \fi
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x limbo l.64 - bug fix (print only changed modules)
-\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text
-@y
-\def\pct!{{\char`\%}} % percent sign in ordinary text
-\def\grp{\.{\char'173...\char'175}}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x limbo l.80 - e-TeX basic
-\def\title{$\Omega$ (OMEGA)}
-@y
-\def\title{\eOmega\ (E-OMEGA)}
-% system dependent redefinitions of \title should come later
-% and should use:
-% \toks0=\expandafter{\title}
-% \edef\title{...\the\toks0...}
-\let\maybe=\iffalse % print only changed modules
-\let\maybe=\iftrue % print everything
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [1] m.1 l.91 - this is e-TeX
-This is $\Omega$, a document compiler intended to simplify high-quality
-@y
-This is \eOmega, an extension of $\Omega$. $\Omega$ is a document compiler
-intended to simplify high-quality
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [1] m.2 l.179 - e-TeX basic
-If this program is changed, the resulting system should not be called
-@y
-This program contains code from both the $\Omega$ (developed by
-John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous) and \eTeX\
-(developed by Peter Breitenlohner and the NTS team) extensions
-to \TeX, therefore this program is called `\eOmega' and not
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [1] m.2 l.185 - e-TeX basic
-November 1984].
-@y
-November 1984].
-
-A similar test suite called the ``\.{e-BUMP} test'' is (or will be made)
-available for helping to determine whether a particular implementation deserves
-to be known as `\eOmega'.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [1] m.2 l.187 - e-TeX basic
-@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version}
-@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
-@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
-@#
-@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d OMEGA==EOMEGA {change program name into |EOMEGA|}
-@#
-@d eTeX_states=1 {number of \eTeX\ state variables in |eqtb|}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [1] m.15 l.493 - e-TeX basic
-@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing}
-@y
-@d not_found=45 {go here when you've found nothing}
-@d not_found1=46 {like |not_found|, when there's more than one}
-@d not_found2=47 {like |not_found|, when there's more than two}
-@d not_found3=48 {like |not_found|, when there's more than three}
-@d not_found4=49 {like |not_found|, when there's more than four}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [5] m.61 l.1556 - e-TeX basic
-wterm(banner);
-@y
-wterm(eTeX_banner);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [10] m.141 l.2965 - e-TeX marks
-This field occupies a full word instead of a halfword, because
-there's nothing to put in the other halfword; it is easier in \PASCAL\ to
-use the full word than to risk leaving garbage in the unused half.
-@y
-In addition there is a |mark_class| field that contains the mark class.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [10] m.141 l.2971 - e-TeX marks
-@d mark_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int {head of the token list for a mark}
-@y
-@d mark_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {head of the token list for a mark}
-@d mark_class(#)==info(#+1) {the mark class}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [10] m.142 l.2980 - e-TeX marks
-@d adjust_ptr==mark_ptr {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list}
-@y
-@d adjust_ptr(#)==mem[#+1].int
- {vertical list to be moved out of horizontal list}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [10] m.147 l.3069 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}.
-% @y
-% the amount of surrounding space inserted by \.{\\mathsurround}.
-%
-% In addition a |math_node| with |subtype>after| and |width=0| will be
-% (ab)used to record a regular |math_node| reinserted after being
-% discarded at a line break or one of the text direction primitives (
-% \.{\\beginL}, \.{\\endL}, \.{\\beginR}, and \.{\\endR} ).
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [10] m.147 l.3073 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula}
-% @y
-% @d after=1 {|subtype| for math node that winds up a formula}
-% @#
-% @d M_code=2
-% @d begin_M_code=M_code+before {|subtype| for \.{\\beginM} node}
-% @d end_M_code=M_code+after {|subtype| for \.{\\endM} node}
-% @d L_code=4
-% @d begin_L_code=L_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginL} node}
-% @d end_L_code=L_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endL} node}
-% @d R_code=L_code+L_code
-% @d begin_R_code=R_code+begin_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\beginR} node}
-% @d end_R_code=R_code+end_M_code {|subtype| for \.{\\endR} node}
-% @#
-% @d end_LR(#)==odd(subtype(#))
-% @d end_LR_type(#)==(L_code*(subtype(#) div L_code)+end_M_code)
-% @d begin_LR_type(#)==(#-after+before)
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [12] m.175 l.3546 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% math_node: print_char("$");
-% @y
-% math_node: if subtype(p)>=L_code then print("[]")
-% else print_char("$");
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [12] m.184 l.3713 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p));
-% end;
-% @y
-% begin print(", shifted "); print_scaled(shift_amount(p));
-% end;
-% if eTeX_ex then @<Display if this box is never to be reversed@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [12] m.192 l.3811 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin print_esc("math");
-% @y
-% if subtype(p)>after then
-% begin if end_LR(p) then print_esc("end")
-% else print_esc("begin");
-% if subtype(p)>R_code then print_char("R")
-% else if subtype(p)>L_code then print_char("L")
-% else print_char("M");
-% end else
-% begin print_esc("math");
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [12] m.196 l.3844 - e-TeX marks
-begin print_esc("mark"); print_mark(mark_ptr(p));
-@y
-begin print_esc("mark");
-if mark_class(p)<>0 then
- begin print_char("s"); print_int(mark_class(p));
- end;
-print_mark(mark_ptr(p));
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.208 l.4081 - e-TeX saved_items
-@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )}
-@y
-@d un_vbox=24 {unglue a box ( \.{\\unvbox}, \.{\\unvcopy} )}
- {( or \.{\\pagediscards}, \.{\\splitdiscards} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [15] m.208 l.4091 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )}
-% @y
-% @d valign=33 {vertical table alignment ( \.{\\valign} )}
-% {or text direction directives ( \.{\\beginL}, etc.~)}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.208 l.4107 - e-TeX middle
-@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )}
-@y
-@d left_right=49 {variable delimiter ( \.{\\left}, \.{\\right} )}
- {( or \.{\\middle} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.209 l.4151 - e-TeX basic
- \.{\\insertpenalties} )}
-@y
- \.{\\insertpenalties} )}
- {( or \.{\\interactionmode} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.209 l.4153 - e-TeX penalties
-@d set_shape=set_box_dimen+1
- {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )}
-@y
-@d set_shape=set_box_dimen+1
- {specify fancy paragraph shape ( \.{\\parshape} )}
- {(or \.{\\interlinepenalties}, etc.~)}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.209 l.4163 - e-TeX protected
-@d prefix=divide+1
- {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )}
-@y
-@d prefix=divide+1
- {qualify a definition ( \.{\\global}, \.{\\long}, \.{\\outer} )}
- {( or \.{\\protected} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.209 l.4166 - e-TeX read_line
-@d read_to_cs=shorthand_def+1
- {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )}
-@y
-@d read_to_cs=shorthand_def+1
- {read into a control sequence ( \.{\\read} )}
- {( or \.{\\readline} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.210 l.4181 - e-TeX scan_tokens
-@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )}
-@y
-@d input=max_command+4 {input a source file ( \.{\\input}, \.{\\endinput} )}
- {( or \.{\\scantokens} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [15] m.210 l.4186 - e-TeX unexpanded
-@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )}
-@y
-@d the=max_command+9 {expand an internal quantity ( \.{\\the} )}
- {( or \.{\\unexpanded}, \.{\\detokenize} )}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [16] m.212 l.4289 - e-TeX basic
-user's output routine.
-@y
-user's output routine.
-
-A seventh quantity, |eTeX_aux|, is used by the extended features \eTeX.
-In vertical modes it is known as |LR_save| and holds the LR stack when a
-paragraph is interrupted by a displayed formula. In display math mode
-it is known as |LR_box| and holds a pointer to a prototype box for the
-display. In math mode it is known as |delim_ptr| and points to the most
-recent |left_noad| or |middle_noad| of a |math_left_group|.
-
-In \eOmega it is only used in this last sense.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [16] m.212 l.4304 - e-TeX basic
- @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer;
-@y
- @!head_field,@!tail_field: pointer;
- @!eTeX_aux_field: pointer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [16] m.213 l.4311 - e-TeX basic
-@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list}
-@y
-@d tail==cur_list.tail_field {final node on current list}
-@d eTeX_aux==cur_list.eTeX_aux_field {auxiliary data for \eTeX}
-@d delim_ptr==eTeX_aux {most recent left or right noad of a math left group}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [16] m.215 l.4342 - e-TeX basic
-mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head;
-@y
-mode:=vmode; head:=contrib_head; tail:=contrib_head;
-eTeX_aux:=null;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [16] m.216 l.4358 push_nest - e-TeX basic
-incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line;
-@y
-incr(nest_ptr); head:=get_avail; tail:=head; prev_graf:=0; mode_line:=line;
-eTeX_aux:=null;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [17] m.230 l.4712 - e-TeX basic, penalties
-@d output_routine_loc=local_base+1 {points to token list for \.{\\output}}
-@d every_par_loc=local_base+2 {points to token list for \.{\\everypar}}
-@d every_math_loc=local_base+3 {points to token list for \.{\\everymath}}
-@d every_display_loc=local_base+4 {points to token list for \.{\\everydisplay}}
-@d every_hbox_loc=local_base+5 {points to token list for \.{\\everyhbox}}
-@d every_vbox_loc=local_base+6 {points to token list for \.{\\everyvbox}}
-@d every_job_loc=local_base+7 {points to token list for \.{\\everyjob}}
-@d every_cr_loc=local_base+8 {points to token list for \.{\\everycr}}
-@d err_help_loc=local_base+9 {points to token list for \.{\\errhelp}}
-@d ocp_trace_level_base=local_base+10
-@y
-@d inter_line_penalties_loc=local_base+1 {additional penalties between lines}
-@d club_penalties_loc=local_base+2 {penalties for creating club lines}
-@d widow_penalties_loc=local_base+3 {penalties for creating widow lines}
-@d display_widow_penalties_loc=local_base+4 {ditto, just before a display}
-@d token_base=local_base+5 {table of token list parameters}
-@d output_routine_loc=token_base {points to token list for \.{\\output}}
-@d every_par_loc=token_base+1 {points to token list for \.{\\everypar}}
-@d every_math_loc=token_base+2 {points to token list for \.{\\everymath}}
-@d every_display_loc=token_base+3 {points to token list for \.{\\everydisplay}}
-@d every_hbox_loc=token_base+4 {points to token list for \.{\\everyhbox}}
-@d every_vbox_loc=token_base+5 {points to token list for \.{\\everyvbox}}
-@d every_job_loc=token_base+6 {points to token list for \.{\\everyjob}}
-@d every_cr_loc=token_base+7 {points to token list for \.{\\everycr}}
-@d every_eof_loc=token_base+8 {points to token list for \.{\\everyeof}}
-@d err_help_loc=token_base+9 {points to token list for \.{\\errhelp}}
-@d ocp_trace_level_base=token_base+10
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [17] m.231 l.4787 - e-TeX basic
- othercases print_esc("errhelp")
-@y
- @/@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- othercases print_esc("errhelp")
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME moved to init_eqtb_entry --see later
-% @x [17] m.232 l.4805 - e-TeX penalties
-% eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/
-% @y
-% eq_level(par_shape_loc):=level_one;@/
-% for k:=par_shape_loc+1 to token_base-1 do
-% eqtb[k]:=eqtb[par_shape_loc];
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [17] m.233 l.4833 - e-TeX penalties
-if n=par_shape_loc then
- begin print_esc("parshape"); print_char("=");
- if par_shape_ptr=null then print_char("0")
- else print_int(info(par_shape_ptr));
-@y
-if n<token_base then
- begin print_cmd_chr(set_shape,n); print_char("=");
- if equiv(n)=null then print_char("0")
- else if n>par_shape_loc then
- begin print_int(penalty(equiv(n))); print_char(" ");
- print_int(penalty(equiv(n)+1));
- if penalty(equiv(n))>1 then print_esc("ETC.");
- end
- else print_int(info(par_shape_ptr));
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: in this section and in the next
-% we should remove pre_display_direction[_code]
-% stuff, both here and down below
-@x [17] m.236 l.4955 - e-TeX basic
-@d dir_base=int_base+int_pars
-@y
-@d tracing_assigns_code=int_pars {show assignments}
-@d tracing_groups_code=int_pars+1 {show save/restore groups}
-@d tracing_ifs_code=int_pars+2 {show conditionals}
-@d tracing_scan_tokens_code=int_pars+3 {show pseudo file open and close}
-@d tracing_nesting_code=int_pars+4
- {show incomplete groups and ifs within files}
-@d pre_display_direction_code=int_pars+5 {text direction preceding a display}
-@d last_line_fit_code=int_pars+6 {adjustment for last line of paragraph}
-@d saving_vdiscards_code=int_pars+7 {save items discarded from vlists}
-@d saving_hyph_codes_code=int_pars+8 {save hyphenation codes for languages}
-@d eTeX_state_code=int_pars+9 {\eTeX\ state variables}
-@d dir_base=int_base+eTeX_state_code+eTeX_states
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [17] m.236 l.5016 - e-TeX basic
-@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code)
-@y
-@d error_context_lines==int_par(error_context_lines_code)
-@d tracing_assigns==int_par(tracing_assigns_code)
-@d tracing_groups==int_par(tracing_groups_code)
-@d tracing_ifs==int_par(tracing_ifs_code)
-@d tracing_scan_tokens==int_par(tracing_scan_tokens_code)
-@d tracing_nesting==int_par(tracing_nesting_code)
-@d pre_display_direction==int_par(pre_display_direction_code)
-@d last_line_fit==int_par(last_line_fit_code)
-@d saving_vdiscards==int_par(saving_vdiscards_code)
-@d saving_hyph_codes==int_par(saving_hyph_codes_code)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [17] m.237 l.5081 print_param - e-TeX basic
-othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]")
-@y
-@/@<Cases for |print_param|@>@/
-othercases print("[unknown integer parameter!]")
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXED(?): moved to init_eqtb_entry in
-% omega.web at l.5813
-@x [17] m.232 l.4805 - e-TeX penalties
- { Region 4 }
- else if (p>=par_shape_loc) and
- (p<=toks_base+biggest_reg) then begin
- equiv_field(mw):=null;
- eq_type_field(mw):=undefined_cs;
- eq_level_field(mw):=level_zero;
- end
-@y
- { Region 4 }
- else if (p>=par_shape_loc) and
- (p< token_base) then begin
- equiv_field(mw):=null;
- eq_type_field(mw):=shape_ref;
- eq_level_field(mw):=level_one;
- end
- else if (p>=token_base) and
- (p<=toks_base+biggest_reg) then begin
- equiv_field(mw):=null;
- eq_type_field(mw):=undefined_cs;
- eq_level_field(mw):=level_zero;
- end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.264 l.5612 primitive - e-TeX basic
-@!j:small_number; {index into |buffer|}
-@y
-@!j:0..buf_size; {index into |buffer|}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.264 l.5616 primitive - e-TeX basic
- {we will move |s| into the (empty) |buffer|}
- for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]);
- cur_val:=id_lookup(0,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|}
-@y
- {we will move |s| into the (possibly non-empty) |buffer|}
- if first+l>buf_size+1 then
- overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
-@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
- for j:=0 to l-1 do buffer[first+j]:=so(str_pool[k+j]);
- cur_val:=id_lookup(first,l); {|no_new_control_sequence| is |false|}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.265 l.5691 - e-TeX penalties
-primitive("parshape",set_shape,0);@/
-@y
-primitive("parshape",set_shape,par_shape_loc);@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.265 l.5708 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/
-@y
-primitive("toks",toks_register,mem_bot);@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5741 - e-TeX cond
-expand_after: print_esc("expandafter");
-@y
-expand_after: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("expandafter")
- @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5747 - e-TeX marks
-mark: print_esc("mark");
-@y
-mark: begin print_esc("mark");
- if chr_code>0 then print_char("s");
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5758 - e-TeX read_line
-read_to_cs: print_esc("read");
-@y
-read_to_cs: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("read")
- @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5762 - e-TeX penalties
-set_shape: print_esc("parshape");
-@y
-set_shape: case chr_code of
- par_shape_loc: print_esc("parshape");
- @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/
- end; {there are no other cases}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5763 - e-TeX unexpanded
-the: print_esc("the");
-@y
-the: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("the")
- @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [18] m.266 l.5764 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-toks_register: print_esc("toks");
-@y
-toks_register: @<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [18] m.266 l.5766 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% valign: print_esc("valign");
-% @y
-% valign: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("valign")@/
-% @<Cases of |valign| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.268 l.5800 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-interpreted in one of four ways:
-@y
-interpreted in one of five ways:
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.268 l.5820 - e-TeX tracing
-the entries for that group.
-@y
-the entries for that group.
-Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the
-source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered.
-
-\yskip\hang 5) If |save_type(p)=restore_sa|, then |sa_chain| points to a
-chain of sparse array entries to be restored at the end of the current
-group. Furthermore |save_index(p)| and |save_level(p)| should replace
-the values of |sa_chain| and |sa_level| respectively.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME restore_sa safe? (sparse arrays)
-@x [19] m.268 l.5830 - e-TeX basic
-@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
-@y
-@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
-@d restore_sa=4 {|save_type| when sparse array entries should be restored}
-
-@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@>
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.273 l.5888 - e-TeX tracing
-@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to six more
-@y
-@ The following macro is used to test if there is room for up to seven more
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.273 l.5894 check_full_save_stack - e-TeX tracing
- if max_save_stack>save_size-6 then overflow("save size",save_size);
-@y
- if max_save_stack>save_size-7 then overflow("save size",save_size);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.274 l.5916 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing
-begin check_full_save_stack;
-@y
-begin check_full_save_stack;
-if eTeX_ex then
- begin saved(0):=line; incr(save_ptr);
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.274 l.5923 new_save_level - e-TeX tracing
-cur_boundary:=save_ptr; incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr); cur_group:=c;
-@y
-cur_boundary:=save_ptr; cur_group:=c;
-@!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(false);@+tats@;@/
-incr(cur_level); incr(save_ptr);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.275 l.5941 eq_destroy - e-TeX sparse arrays
-othercases do_nothing
-@y
-@/@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>@/
-othercases do_nothing
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.277 l.5963 - e-TeX tracing
-the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test.
-@y
-the call, since |eq_save| makes the necessary test.
-
-@d assign_trace(#)==@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then restore_trace(#);
- tats
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.277 l.5967 eq_define - e-TeX tracing
-begin if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p))
-@y
-label exit;
-begin if eTeX_ex and(eq_type(p)=t)and(equiv(p)=e) then
- begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/
- eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p)); return;
- end;
-assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/
-if eq_level(p)=cur_level then eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p))
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.277 l.5970 eq_define - e-TeX tracing
-end;
-@y
-assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
-exit:end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.278 l.5977 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
-begin if xeq_level(p)<>cur_level then
-@y
-label exit;
-begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then
- begin assign_trace(p,"reassigning")@;@/
- return;
- end;
-assign_trace(p,"changing")@;@/
-if xeq_level(p)<>cur_level then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.278 l.5981 eq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
-end;
-@y
-assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
-exit:end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.279 l.5990 geq_define - e-TeX tracing
-begin eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p));
-set_eq_level(p,level_one); set_eq_type(p,t); set_equiv(p,e);
-@y
-begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/
-begin eq_destroy(new_eqtb(p));
-set_eq_level(p,level_one); set_eq_type(p,t); set_equiv(p,e);
-end;
-assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.279 l.5995 geq_word_define - e-TeX tracing
-begin set_new_eqtb_int(p,w); set_xeq_level(p,level_one);
-@y
-begin assign_trace(p,"globally changing")@;@/
-begin set_new_eqtb_int(p,w); set_xeq_level(p,level_one);
-end;
-assign_trace(p,"into")@;@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.281 l.6012 - e-TeX tracing
-@p@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>@;@/
-@y
-@p
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.281 l.6019 unsave - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup
-begin if cur_level>level_one then
-@y
-@!a:boolean; {have we already processed an \.{\\aftergroup} ?}
-begin a:=false;
-if cur_level>level_one then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME restore_sa usage
-@x [19] m.282 l.6033 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
-@y
- else if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_sa then
- begin sa_restore; sa_chain:=p; sa_level:=save_level(save_ptr);
- end
- else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.282 l.6041 - e-TeX tracing
-done: cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr)
-@y
-done: @!stat if tracing_groups>0 then group_trace(true);@+tats@;@/
-if grp_stack[in_open]=cur_boundary then group_warning;
- {groups possibly not properly nested with files}
-cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); cur_boundary:=save_index(save_ptr);
-if eTeX_ex then decr(save_ptr)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [19] m.284 l.6067 - e-TeX tracing
-@ @<Declare the procedure called |restore_trace|@>=
-@y
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [20] m.289 l.6155 - e-TeX protected
-@d end_match_token=@"E0000 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|$}
-@y
-@d end_match_token=@"E0000 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|$}
-@d protected_token=@"E0001 {$2^16\cdot|end_match|+1$}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [20] m.294 l.6280 - e-TeX protected
-end_match: print("->");
-@y
-end_match: if c=0 then print("->");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [20] m.296 l.6301 print_meaning - e-TeX marks
-else if cur_cmd=top_bot_mark then
-@y
-else if (cur_cmd=top_bot_mark)and(cur_chr<marks_code) then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [21] m.298 l.6375 print_cmd_chr - e-TeX protected
-procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword);
-@y
-procedure print_cmd_chr(@!cmd:quarterword;@!chr_code:halfword);
-var n:integer; {temp variable}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [21] m.299 l.6394 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing
-@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr;
-@y
-@p procedure show_cur_cmd_chr;
-var n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting}
-@!l:integer; {line where \.{\\if} started}
-@!p:pointer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [21] m.299 l.6399 show_cur_cmd_chr - e-TeX tracing
-print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("}");
-@y
-print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr);
-if tracing_ifs>0 then
- if cur_cmd>=if_test then if cur_cmd<=fi_or_else then
- begin print(": ");
- if cur_cmd=fi_or_else then
- begin print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if); print_char(" ");
- n:=0; l:=if_line;
- end
- else begin n:=1; l:=line;
- end;
- p:=cond_ptr;
- while p<>null do
- begin incr(n); p:=link(p);
- end;
- print("(level "); print_int(n); print_char(")"); print_if_line(l);
- end;
-print_char("}");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: What about \write18 compatibility?
-@x [22] m.303 l.6475 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens
-the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.)
-@y
-the terminal, under control of the procedure |read_toks|.)
-Finally |18<=name<=19| indicates that we are reading a pseudo file
-created by the \.{\\scantokens} command.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [22] m.307 l.6692 - e-TeX basic
-@d mark_text=14 {|token_type| code for \.{\\topmark}, etc.}
-@d write_text=15 {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}}
-@y
-@d every_eof_text=14 {|token_type| code for \.{\\everyeof}}
-@d mark_text=15 {|token_type| code for \.{\\topmark}, etc.}
-@d write_text=16 {|token_type| code for \.{\\write}}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [22] m.311 l.6749 show_context - e-TeX scan_tokens
- if (name>17) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true;
-@y
- if (name>19) or (base_ptr=0) then bottom_line:=true;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [22] m.313 l.6794 - e-TeX scan_tokens
-else begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line);
-@y
-else if index<>in_open then {input from a pseudo file}
- begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line_stack[index+1]);
- end
-else begin print_nl("l."); print_int(line);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [22] m.314 l.6814 - e-TeX basic
-every_cr_text: print_nl("<everycr> ");
-@y
-every_cr_text: print_nl("<everycr> ");
-every_eof_text: print_nl("<everyeof> ");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [23] m.326 l.7009 - e-TeX optimized \aftergroup
-begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p; back_input; cur_tok:=t;
-@y
-begin t:=cur_tok; cur_tok:=p;
-if a then
- begin p:=get_avail; info(p):=cur_tok; link(p):=loc; loc:=p; start:=p;
- if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then
- if cur_tok<left_brace_limit then decr(align_state)
- else incr(align_state);
- end
-else begin back_input; a:=eTeX_ex;
- end;
-cur_tok:=t;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [23] m.328 l.7037 begin_file_reading - e-TeX every_eof, tracing_nesting
-incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open;
-@y
-incr(in_open); push_input; index:=in_open;
-eof_seen[index]:=false;
-grp_stack[index]:=cur_boundary; if_stack[index]:=cond_ptr;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: What about \write18 compatibility?
-@x [23] m.329 l.7047 end_file_reading - e-TeX scan_tokens
-if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it}
-@y
-if (name=18)or(name=19) then pseudo_close else
-if name>17 then a_close(cur_file); {forget it}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [23] m.331 l.7066 - e-TeX tracing_nesting
-in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0;
-@y
-in_open:=0; open_parens:=0; max_buf_stack:=0;
-grp_stack[0]:=0; if_stack[0]:=null;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [24] m.362 l.7538 - e-TeX scan_tokens, every_eof
-if not force_eof then
-@y
-if not force_eof then
- if name<=19 then
- begin if pseudo_input then {not end of file}
- firm_up_the_line {this sets |limit|}
- else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then
- begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line}
- begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart;
- end
- else force_eof:=true;
- end
- else
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [24] m.362 l.7541 - e-TeX every_eof
- else force_eof:=true;
-@y
- else if (every_eof<>null)and not eof_seen[index] then
- begin limit:=first-1; eof_seen[index]:=true; {fake one empty line}
- begin_token_list(every_eof,every_eof_text); goto restart;
- end
- else force_eof:=true;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [24] m.362 l.7544 - e-TeX scan_tokens
- begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens);
- update_terminal; {show user that file has been read}
-@y
- begin if tracing_nesting>0 then
- if (grp_stack[in_open]<>cur_boundary)or@|
- (if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr) then file_warning;
- {give warning for some unfinished groups and/or conditionals}
- if name>=19 then
- begin print_char(")"); decr(open_parens);
- update_terminal; {show user that file has been read}
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.366 l.7630 - e-TeX basic
-@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/
-@y
-@t\4@>@<Declare the procedure called |insert_relax|@>@;@/
-@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for expanding@>@;@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.366 l.7637 expand - e-TeX cond
-procedure expand;
-@y
-procedure expand;
-label reswitch;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.366 l.7648 expand - e-TeX cond
-if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@>
-@y
-reswitch:
-if cur_cmd<call then @<Expand a nonmacro@>
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.367 l.7659 - e-TeX cond
-expand_after:@<Expand the token after the next token@>;
-@y
-expand_after:if cur_chr=0 then @<Expand the token after the next token@>
- else @<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.377 l.7779 - e-TeX scan_tokens
-input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input")@+else print_esc("endinput");
-@y
-input: if chr_code=0 then print_esc("input")
- @/@<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- else print_esc("endinput");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.378 l.7782 - e-TeX scan_tokens
-if cur_chr>0 then force_eof:=true
-@y
-if cur_chr=1 then force_eof:=true
-@/@<Cases for |input|@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.382 l.7838 - e-TeX marks
-@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break}
-@y
-@d marks_code==5 {add this for \.{\\topmarks} etc.}
-@#
-@d top_mark_code=0 {the mark in effect at the previous page break}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.385 l.7870 - e-TeX marks
-top_bot_mark: case chr_code of
-@y
-top_bot_mark: begin case (chr_code mod marks_code) of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.385 l.7876 - e-TeX marks
- endcases;
-@y
- endcases;
- if chr_code>=marks_code then print_char("s");
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.386 l.7882 - e-TeX marks
-begin if cur_mark[cur_chr]<>null then
- begin_token_list(cur_mark[cur_chr],mark_text);
-@y
-begin t:=cur_chr mod marks_code;
-if cur_chr>=marks_code then scan_register_num@+else cur_val:=0;
-if cur_val=0 then cur_ptr:=cur_mark[t]
-else @<Compute the mark pointer for mark type |t| and class |cur_val|@>;
-if cur_ptr<>null then begin_token_list(cur_ptr,mark_text);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [25] m.389 l.7945 macro_call - e-TeX protected
-if info(r)<>end_match_token then
-@y
-if info(r)=protected_token then r:=link(r);
-if info(r)<>end_match_token then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.409 l.8255 - e-TeX basic
-@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@>
-@y
-@t\4\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for scanning@>@;
-@t\4\4@>@<Declare procedures that scan font-related stuff@>
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.411 l.8299 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-|glue_val|, or |mu_val|.
-@y
-|glue_val|, or |mu_val| more than |mem_bot| (dynamic variable-size nodes
-cannot have these values)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.411 l.8302 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-primitive("count",register,int_val);
-@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
-primitive("dimen",register,dimen_val);
-@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
-primitive("skip",register,glue_val);
-@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
-primitive("muskip",register,mu_val);
-@y
-primitive("count",register,mem_bot+int_val);
-@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
-primitive("dimen",register,mem_bot+dimen_val);
-@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
-primitive("skip",register,mem_bot+glue_val);
-@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
-primitive("muskip",register,mem_bot+mu_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.412 l.8312 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-register: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("count")
- else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
- else if chr_code=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
- else print_esc("muskip");
-@y
-register: @<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.413 l.8328 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic
-var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token}
-@y
-label exit;
-var m:halfword; {|chr_code| part of the operand token}
-@!q:halfword; {general purpose index}
-@!i:four_quarters; {character info}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.413 l.8354 scan_something_internal - e-TeX basic
-end;
-@y
-exit:end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.415 l.8375 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
- scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val);
-@y
- if m=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m)
- else cur_val:=equiv(m);
- cur_val_level:=tok_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.416 l.8390 - e-TeX basic
-|glue_val|, |input_line_no_code|, or |badness_code|.
-
-@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}}
-@d badness_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\badness}}
-@y
-|glue_val|, |last_node_type_code|, |input_line_no_code|, |badness_code|,
-|eTeX_version_code|, or one of the other codes for \eTeX\ extensions.
-
-@d last_node_type_code=glue_val+1 {code for \.{\\lastnodetype}}
-@d input_line_no_code=glue_val+2 {code for \.{\\inputlineno}}
-@d badness_code=glue_val+3 {code for \.{\\badness}}
-@d eTeX_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers}
-@d eTeX_dim=eTeX_int+8 {first of \eTeX\ codes for dimensions}
-@d eTeX_glue=eTeX_dim+9 {first of \eTeX\ codes for glue}
-@d eTeX_mu=eTeX_glue+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for muglue}
-@d eTeX_expr=eTeX_mu+1 {first of \eTeX\ codes for expressions}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.417 l.8425 - e-TeX interaction_mode
-@+else print_esc("insertpenalties");
-@y
-@/@<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
-@+else print_esc("insertpenalties");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.417 l.8434 - e-TeX basic
- othercases print_esc("badness")
-@y
- @/@<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- othercases print_esc("badness")
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.419 l.8457 - e-TeX interaction_mode
-begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles@+else cur_val:=insert_penalties;
-@y
-begin if m=0 then cur_val:=dead_cycles
-@/@<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>@/
-else cur_val:=insert_penalties;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.420 l.8462 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin
- scan_eight_bit_int;
- if box(cur_val)=null then cur_val:=0 @+else
- cur_val:=mem[box(cur_val)+m].sc;
-@y
-begin
- scan_register_num;
- fetch_box(q);
- if q=null then cur_val:=0 @+else
- cur_val:=mem[q+m].sc;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.423 l.8487 - e-TeX penalties
-begin if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
-@y
-begin if m>par_shape_loc then @<Fetch a penalties array element@>
-else if par_shape_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [26] m.424 l.8493 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% implemented. The reference count for \.{\\lastskip} will be updated later.
-% @y
-% implemented. The reference count for \.{\\lastskip} will be updated later.
-% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed.
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.424 l.8499 - e-TeX basic
-if cur_chr>glue_val then
- begin if cur_chr=input_line_no_code then cur_val:=line
- else cur_val:=last_badness; {|cur_chr=badness_code|}
-@y
-if m>last_node_type_code then
- if m>=eTeX_glue then @<Process an expression and |return|@>@;
- else if m>=eTeX_dim then
- begin case m of
- @/@<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>@/
- end; {there are no other cases}
- cur_val_level:=dimen_val;
- end
- else begin case m of
- input_line_no_code: cur_val:=line;
- badness_code: cur_val:=last_badness;
- @/@<Cases for fetching an integer value@>@/
- end; {there are no other cases}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.424 l.8505 - e-TeX last_node_type
- cur_val_level:=cur_chr;
-@y
- if cur_chr=last_node_type_code then
- begin cur_val:=int_val;
- if (tail=head)or(mode=0) then cur_val:=-1;
- end
- else cur_val_level:=cur_chr;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [26] m.424 l.8507 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% case cur_chr of
-% @y
-% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then
-% remove_end_M;
-% case cur_chr of
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.424 l.8513 - e-TeX last_node_type
- end;
-@y
- end;
- last_node_type_code:
- if (type(tail)<>math_node)or(subtype(tail)<>end_M_code) then
- if type(tail)<=unset_node then cur_val:=type(tail)+1
- else cur_val:=unset_node+2;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [26] m.424 l.8514 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% end {there are no other cases}
-% @y
-% end; {there are no other cases}
-% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M;
-% end
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.424 l.8519 - e-TeX last_node_type
- glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue;
-@y
- glue_val: if last_glue<>max_halfword then cur_val:=last_glue;
- last_node_type_code: cur_val:=last_node_type;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME might need work
-@x [26] m.427 l.8535 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-case m of
-@y
-begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m);
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m);
- end
-else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0
- else cur_val:=zero_glue
- else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
- else
- case cur_val_level of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.427 l.8542 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-cur_val_level:=m;
-@y
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [26] m.461 l.9070 - e-TeX expr
-exit:end;
-@y
-exit:end;
-@#
-@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>@;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.464 l.9129 - e-TeX basic
-@p function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer;
-@y
-@p @t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for token lists@>@;@/
-function str_toks(@!b:pool_pointer):pointer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.465 l.9154 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
-@p function the_toks:pointer;
-@y
-@p function the_toks:pointer;
-label exit;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.465 l.9158 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
-begin get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false);
-@y
-@!c:small_number; {value of |cur_chr|}
-begin @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>;@/
-get_x_token; scan_something_internal(tok_val,false);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.465 l.9172 the_toks - e-TeX unexpanded
-end;
-@y
-exit:end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.469 l.9223 - e-TeX basic
- othercases print_esc("jobname")
-@y
- @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- othercases print_esc("jobname")
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.470 l.9232 conv_toks - e-TeX basic
-@!c:number_code..job_name_code; {desired type of conversion}
-@y
-@!c:small_number; {desired type of conversion}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.471 l.9249 - e-TeX basic
-end {there are no other cases}
-@y
-@/@<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>@/
-end {there are no other cases}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.472 l.9265 - e-TeX basic
-end {there are no other cases}
-@y
-@/@<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>@/
-end {there are no other cases}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.478 l.9374 - e-TeX protected
- if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2;
-@y
- if cur_cmd>=call then
- if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then
- begin cur_cmd:=relax; cur_chr:=no_expand_flag;
- end;
- if cur_cmd<=max_command then goto done2;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.482 l.9422 read_toks - e-TeX read_line
-@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer);
-@y
-@p procedure read_toks(@!n:integer;@!r:pointer;@!j:halfword);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [27] m.483 l.9448 - e-TeX read_line
-loop@+ begin get_token;
-@y
-@<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>;@/
-loop@+ begin get_token;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.487 l.9500 - e-TeX cond
-@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' }
-@y
-@d unless_code=32 {amount added for `\.{\\unless}' prefix}
-@#
-@d if_char_code=0 { `\.{\\if}' }
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.488 l.9555 - e-TeX cond
-if_test: case chr_code of
-@y
-if_test: begin if chr_code>=unless_code then print_esc("unless");
-case chr_code mod unless_code of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.488 l.9572 - e-TeX cond
- othercases print_esc("if")
- endcases;
-@y
- @/@<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- othercases print_esc("if")
- endcases;
-end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.494 l.9646 pass_text - e-TeX tracing
-done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
-@y
-done: scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
-if tracing_ifs>0 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.496 l.9662 - e-TeX tracing_nesting
-begin p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p);
-@y
-begin if if_stack[in_open]=cond_ptr then if_warning;
- {conditionals possibly not properly nested with files}
-p:=cond_ptr; if_line:=if_line_field(p);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.498 l.9699 conditional - e-TeX cond
-begin @<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;this_if:=cur_chr;@/
-@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>;
-@y
-@!is_unless:boolean; {was this if preceded by `\.{\\unless}' ?}
-begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
-@<Push the condition stack@>;@+save_cond_ptr:=cond_ptr;
-is_unless:=(cur_chr>=unless_code); this_if:=cur_chr mod unless_code;@/
-@<Either process \.{\\ifcase} or set |b| to the value of a boolean condition@>;
-if is_unless then b:=not b;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.501 l.9742 - e-TeX cond
-if_false_code: b:=false;
-@y
-if_false_code: b:=false;
-@/@<Cases for |conditional|@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.505 l.9781 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
-@y
-begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.510 l.9871 - e-TeX cond
-if cur_chr>if_limit then
-@y
-begin if tracing_ifs>0 then if tracing_commands<=1 then show_cur_cmd_chr;
-if cur_chr>if_limit then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [28] m.510 l.9882 - e-TeX cond
- end
-@y
- end;
-end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [29] m.536 l.10324 - e-TeX basic
-begin wlog(banner);
-@y
-begin wlog(eTeX_banner);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [29] m.536 l.10331 - e-TeX basic
-end
-@y
-if eTeX_ex then
- begin; wlog_cr; wlog('entering extended mode');
- end;
-end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [30] m.581 l.11263 char_warning - e-TeX tracing
-begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then
-@y
-var old_setting: integer; {saved value of |tracing_online|}
-begin if tracing_lost_chars>0 then
- begin old_setting:=tracing_online;
- if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [30] m.581 l.11270 char_warning - e-TeX tracing
-end;
-@y
- tracing_online:=old_setting;
- end;
-end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.616 l.12238 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output.
-% @y
-% this is essentially the depth of |push| commands in the \.{DVI} output.
-%
-% For mixed direction text (\TeXXeT) the current text direction is called
-% |cur_dir|. As the box being shipped out will never be used again and
-% soon be recycled, we can simply reverse any R-text (i.e., right-to-left)
-% segments of hlist nodes as well as complete hlist nodes embedded in such
-% segments. Moreover this can be done iteratively rather than recursively.
-% There are, however, two complications related to leaders that require
-% some additional bookkeeping: (1)~One and the same hlist node might be
-% used more than once (but never inside both L- and R-text); and
-% (2)~leader boxes inside hlists must be aligned with respect to the left
-% edge of the original hlist.
-%
-% A math node is changed into a kern node whenever the text direction
-% remains the same, it is replaced by an |edge_node| if the text direction
-% changes; the subtype of an an |hlist_node| inside R-text is changed to
-% |reversed| once its hlist has been reversed.
-% @!@^data structure assumptions@>
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.616 l.12240 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then
-% @y
-% @d reversed=min_quarterword+1 {subtype for an |hlist_node| whose hlist
-% has been reversed}
-% @d dlist=min_quarterword+2 {subtype for an |hlist_node| from display math mode}
-% @d left_to_right=0
-% @d right_to_left=1
-% @d reflected==1-cur_dir {the opposite of |cur_dir|}
-% @#
-% @d synch_h==if cur_h<>dvi_h then
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.619 l.12300 hlist_out - e-TeX add_glue
-% @!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue}
-% @y
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.619 l.12308 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @!edge:scaled; {left edge of sub-box, or right edge of leader space}
-% @y
-% @!edge:scaled; {right edge of sub-box or leader space}
-% @!prev_p:pointer; {one step behind |p|}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.619 l.12309 hlist_out - e-TeX add_glue
-% @!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding}
-% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box);
-% @y
-% begin this_box:=temp_ptr;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.619 l.12315 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v; left_edge:=cur_h;
-% @y
-% save_loc:=dvi_offset+dvi_ptr; base_line:=cur_v;
-% prev_p:=this_box+list_offset;
-% if eTeX_ex then
-% begin @<Initialize the LR stack@>;
-% if subtype(this_box)=dlist then
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then
-% begin cur_dir:=left_to_right; cur_h:=cur_h-width(this_box);
-% end
-% else subtype(this_box):=min_quarterword;
-% if (cur_dir=right_to_left)and(subtype(this_box)<>reversed) then
-% @<Reverse the complete hlist and set the subtype to |reversed|@>;
-% end;
-% left_edge:=cur_h;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.619 l.12318 hlist_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% prune_movements(save_loc);
-% @y
-% if eTeX_ex then
-% begin @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hlist_out|@>;
-% if subtype(this_box)=dlist then cur_dir:=right_to_left;
-% end;
-% prune_movements(save_loc);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.620 l.12337 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% p:=link(p);
-% @y
-% prev_p:=link(prev_p); {N.B.: not |prev_p:=p|, |p| might be |lig_trick|}
-% p:=link(p);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.622 l.12362 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% kern_node,math_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
-% @y
-% kern_node:cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
-% math_node:begin if eTeX_ex then
-% @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hlist_out| routine; if necessary
-% reverse an hlist segment and |goto reswitch|@>;
-% cur_h:=cur_h+width(p);
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.622 l.12364 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% othercases do_nothing
-% @y
-% @/@<Cases of |hlist_out| that arise in mixed direction text only@>@;
-% othercases do_nothing
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.622 l.12369 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% next_p:p:=link(p);
-% @y
-% next_p:prev_p:=p; p:=link(p);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.623 l.12376 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h;
-% @y
-% temp_ptr:=p; edge:=cur_h+width(p);
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.623 l.12379 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% cur_h:=edge+width(p); cur_v:=base_line;
-% @y
-% cur_h:=edge; cur_v:=base_line;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.625 l.12401 - e-TeX add_glue
-% begin if g_sign=stretching then
-% begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then
-% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g));
-% @^real multiplication@>
-% rule_wd:=rule_wd+round(glue_temp);
-% end;
-% end
-% else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then
-% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g));
-% rule_wd:=rule_wd-round(glue_temp);
-% end;
-% end;
-% @y
-% add_glue(rule_wd);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.626 l.12428 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0;
-% @y
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-10;
-% edge:=cur_h+rule_wd; lx:=0;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.626 l.12434 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% cur_h:=edge-10; goto next_p;
-% @y
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=edge
-% else cur_h:=edge-10;
-% goto next_p;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.628 l.12473 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box;
-% @y
-% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h; temp_ptr:=leader_box;
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h+leader_wd;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.629 l.12489 vlist_out - e-TeX add_glue
-% @!g_order: glue_ord; {applicable order of infinity for glue}
-% @y
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.629 l.12498 vlist_out - e-TeX add_glue
-% @!glue_temp:real; {glue value before rounding}
-% begin this_box:=temp_ptr; g_order:=glue_order(this_box);
-% @y
-% begin this_box:=temp_ptr;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.632 l.12544 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right}
-% @y
-% if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(p)
-% else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(p); {shift the box right}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.633 l.12556 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin synch_h; synch_v;
-% dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd);
-% @y
-% begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then cur_h:=cur_h-rule_wd;
-% synch_h; synch_v;
-% dvi_out(put_rule); dvi_four(rule_ht); dvi_four(rule_wd);
-% cur_h:=left_edge;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.634 l.12564 - e-TeX add_glue
-% begin if g_sign=stretching then
-% begin if stretch_order(g)=g_order then
-% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*stretch(g));
-% @^real multiplication@>
-% rule_ht:=rule_ht+round(glue_temp);
-% end;
-% end
-% else if shrink_order(g)=g_order then
-% begin vet_glue(float(glue_set(this_box))*shrink(g));
-% rule_ht:=rule_ht-round(glue_temp);
-% end;
-% end;
-% @y
-% add_glue(rule_ht);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.637 l.12619 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box); synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/
-% @y
-% begin if cur_dir=right_to_left then
-% cur_h:=left_edge-shift_amount(leader_box)
-% else cur_h:=left_edge+shift_amount(leader_box);
-% synch_h; save_h:=dvi_h;@/
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [32] m.638 l.12656 ship_out - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @<Ship box |p| out@>;
-% @y
-% @<Ship box |p| out@>;
-% if eTeX_ex then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |ship_out|@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [33] m.649 l.12876 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>;
-% @y
-% h:=0; @<Clear dimensions to zero@>;
-% if TeXXeT_en then @<Initialize the LR stack@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [33] m.649 l.12886 hpack - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% exit: hpack:=r;
-% @y
-% exit: if TeXXeT_en then @<Check for LR anomalies at the end of |hpack|@>;
-% hpack:=r;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [33] m.651 l.12910 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% kern_node,math_node: x:=x+width(p);
-% @y
-% kern_node: x:=x+width(p);
-% math_node: begin x:=x+width(p);
-% if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |hpack| routine@>;
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [34] m.687 l.13480 - e-TeX middle
-\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}. The |nucleus| of such noads is
-@y
-\TeX's \.{\\left} and \.{\\right} as well as \eTeX's \.{\\middle}.
-The |nucleus| of such noads is
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [34] m.687 l.13497 - e-TeX middle
-@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads}
-@y
-@d delimiter==nucleus {|delimiter| field in left and right noads}
-@d middle_noad==1 {|subtype| of right noad representing \.{\\middle}}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [34] m.696 l.13670 - e-TeX middle
-right_noad: begin print_esc("right"); print_delimiter(nucleus(p));
- end;
-end;
-if subtype(p)<>normal then
- if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits")
- else print_esc("nolimits");
-if type(p)<left_noad then print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),".");
-@y
-right_noad: begin if subtype(p)=normal then print_esc("right")
- else print_esc("middle");
- print_delimiter(nucleus(p));
- end;
-end;
-if type(p)<left_noad then
- begin if subtype(p)<>normal then
- if subtype(p)=limits then print_esc("limits")
- else print_esc("nolimits");
- print_subsidiary_data(nucleus(p),".");
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [36] m.727 l.14268 - e-TeX middle
-done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r);
-@y
-done_with_noad: r:=q; r_type:=type(r);
-if r_type=right_noad then
- begin r_type:=left_noad; cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>;
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [36] m.760 l.14929 - e-TeX middle
- r_type:=t;
-@y
- if type(q)=right_noad then t:=open_noad;
- r_type:=t;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [36] m.762 l.14970 make_left_right - e-TeX middle
-begin if style<script_style then cur_size:=text_size
-else cur_size:=script_size*((style-text_style) div 2);
-@y
-begin cur_style:=style; @<Set up the values...@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [37] m.785 l.15461 align_peek - e-TeX protected
-begin restart: align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
-@y
-begin restart: align_state:=1000000;
-repeat get_x_or_protected;
-until cur_cmd<>spacer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [37] m.791 l.15572 fin_col - e-TeX protected
-align_state:=1000000; @<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
-@y
-align_state:=1000000;
-repeat get_x_or_protected;
-until cur_cmd<>spacer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [37] m.807 l.15834 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p);
-% @y
-% begin type(q):=hlist_node; width(q):=width(p);
-% if nest[nest_ptr-1].mode_field=mmode then subtype(q):=dlist; {for |ship_out|}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [37] m.808 l.15852 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head;
-% @y
-% n:=span_count(r); t:=width(s); w:=t; u:=hold_head;
-% subtype(r):=min_quarterword; {for |ship_out|}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.814 l.15975 - e-TeX penalties
-There is one explicit parameter: |final_widow_penalty| is the amount of
-additional penalty to be inserted before the final line of the paragraph.
-@y
-There is one explicit parameter: |d| is true for partial paragraphs
-preceding display math mode; in this case the amount of additional
-penalty inserted before the final line is |display_widow_penalty|
-instead of |widow_penalty|.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.815 l.16002 line_break - e-TeX penalties
-procedure line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer);
-@y
-procedure line_break(@!d:boolean);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.815 l.16012 - e-TeX basic
-end;
-@y
-end;
-@#
-@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use by |main_control|@>
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.816 l.16032 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-final_par_glue:=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code);
-link(tail):=final_par_glue;
-@y
-final_par_glue:=new_param_glue(par_fill_skip_code);
-link(tail):=final_par_glue;
-last_line_fill:=link(tail);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.819 l.16097 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-@d active_node_size=3 {number of words in active nodes}
-@y
-@d active_node_size_normal=3 {number of words in normal active nodes}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME might need fixes; TeX has 6 backgrounds
-% Omega has 7. Why the difference?
-@x [38] m.827 l.16260 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-background[7]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r);
-@y
-background[7]:=shrink(q)+shrink(r);
-@<Check for special treatment of last line of paragraph@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.829 l.16311 try_break - e-TeX last_line_fit
-label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate;
-@y
-label exit,done,done1,continue,deactivate,found,not_found;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.845 l.16603 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class];
-@y
-total_demerits(q):=minimal_demerits[fit_class];
-if do_last_line_fit then
- @<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.846 l.16616 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q));
-@y
-print(" t="); print_int(total_demerits(q));
-if do_last_line_fit then @<Print additional data in the new active node@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.851 l.16715 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then
-@y
-if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>;
-found:
-if (b>inf_bad)or(pi=eject_penalty) then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.852 l.16739 - e-TeX last_line_fit
- begin b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch}
-@y
- begin if do_last_line_fit then
- begin if cur_p=null then {the last line of a paragraph}
- @<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>;
- shortfall:=0;
- end;
- b:=0; fit_class:=decent_fit; {infinite stretch}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [38] m.855 l.16796 - e-TeX last_line_fit
- best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l;
-@y
- best_place[fit_class]:=break_node(r); best_pl_line[fit_class]:=l;
- if do_last_line_fit then
- @<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [39] m.863 l.16969 - e-TeX last_line_fit
- end;@+tats@/
-@y
- end;@+tats@/
-if do_last_line_fit then @<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [39] m.864 l.16980 - e-TeX last_line_fit
-line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q;
-@y
-line_number(q):=prev_graf+1; total_demerits(q):=0; link(active):=q;
-if do_last_line_fit then
- @<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.866 l.17030 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% math_node: begin auto_breaking:=(subtype(cur_p)=after); kern_break;
-% @y
-% math_node: begin if subtype(cur_p)<L_code then auto_breaking:=end_LR(cur_p);
-% kern_break;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [39] m.876 l.17192 - e-TeX penalties
-post_line_break(final_widow_penalty)
-@y
-post_line_break(d)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [39] m.877 l.17206 post_line_break - e-TeX penalties
-procedure post_line_break(@!final_widow_penalty:integer);
-@y
-procedure post_line_break(@!d:boolean);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.877 l.17216 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin @<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the
-% @y
-% @!LR_ptr:pointer; {stack of LR codes}
-% begin LR_ptr:=LR_save;
-% @<Reverse the links of the relevant passive nodes, setting |cur_p| to the
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.877 l.17229 post_line_break - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% prev_graf:=best_line-1;
-% @y
-% prev_graf:=best_line-1;
-% LR_save:=LR_ptr;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.879 l.17259 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node| or |penalty_node|}
-% @y
-% r:=q; {now |type(q)=glue_node|, |kern_node|, |math_node| or |penalty_node|}
-% if type(q)=math_node then if TeXXeT_en then
-% @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |post_line_break| routine@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.880 l.17276 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% @<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include
-% \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>;
-% @y
-% if TeXXeT_en then
-% @<Insert LR nodes at the beginning of the current line and adjust
-% the LR stack based on LR nodes in this line@>;
-% @<Modify the end of the line to reflect the nature of the break and to include
-% \.{\\rightskip}; also set the proper value of |disc_break|@>;
-% if TeXXeT_en then @<Insert LR nodes at the end of the current line@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [39] m.881 l.17299 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% else if (type(q)=math_node)or(type(q)=kern_node) then width(q):=0;
-% @y
-% else if type(q)=kern_node then width(q):=0
-% else if type(q)=math_node then
-% begin width(q):=0;
-% if TeXXeT_en then @<Adjust \(t)the LR stack for the |p...@>;
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME possible conflict
-@x [39] m.890 l.17395 - e-TeX penalties
- if passive_pen_inter(cur_p)<>0 then
- pen:=passive_pen_inter(cur_p)
- else pen:=inter_line_penalty;
- if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty;
- if cur_line+2=best_line then pen:=pen+final_widow_penalty;
-@y
- q:=inter_line_penalties_ptr;
- if q<>null then
- begin r:=cur_line;
- if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
- pen:=penalty(q+r);
- end
- else begin
- if passive_pen_inter(cur_p)<>0 then
- pen:=passive_pen_inter(cur_p)
- else pen:=inter_line_penalty;
- end;
- q:=club_penalties_ptr;
- if q<>null then
- begin r:=cur_line-prev_graf;
- if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
- pen:=pen+penalty(q+r);
- end
- else if cur_line=prev_graf+1 then pen:=pen+club_penalty;
- if d then q:=display_widow_penalties_ptr
- else q:=widow_penalties_ptr;
- if q<>null then
- begin r:=best_line-cur_line-1;
- if r>penalty(q) then r:=penalty(q);
- pen:=pen+penalty(q+r);
- end
- else if cur_line+2=best_line then
- if d then pen:=pen+display_widow_penalty
- else pen:=pen+widow_penalty;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [40] m.891 l.17460 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf;
-@y
-cur_lang:=init_cur_lang; l_hyf:=init_l_hyf; r_hyf:=init_r_hyf;
-set_hyph_index;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [40] m.896 l.17529 - e-TeX hyph_codes
- if lc_code(c)<>0 then
- if (lc_code(c)=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2
-@y
- set_lc_code(c);
- if hc[0]<>0 then
- if (hc[0]=c)or(uc_hyph>0) then goto done2
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [40] m.897 l.17546 - e-TeX hyph_codes
- if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3;
- if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3;
- if hn=63 then goto done3;
- hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=lc_code(c); hyf_bchar:=non_char;
-@y
- set_lc_code(c);
- if hc[0]=0 then goto done3;
- if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3;
- if hn=63 then goto done3;
- hb:=s; incr(hn); hu[hn]:=c; hc[hn]:=hc[0]; hyf_bchar:=non_char;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [40] m.898 l.17572 - e-TeX hyph_codes
- if lc_code(c)=0 then goto done3;
- if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3;
- if j=63 then goto done3;
- incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=lc_code(c);@/
-@y
- set_lc_code(c);
- if hc[0]=0 then goto done3;
- if lc_code(c)>max_hyph_char then goto done3;
- if j=63 then goto done3;
- incr(j); hu[j]:=c; hc[j]:=hc[0];@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [42] m.934 l.18211 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes
-label reswitch, exit, found, not_found;
-@y
-label reswitch, exit, found, not_found, not_found1;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [42] m.934 l.18221 new_hyph_exceptions - e-TeX hyph_codes
-set_cur_lang;
-@y
-set_cur_lang;
-@!init if trie_not_ready then
- begin hyph_index:=0; goto not_found1;
- end;
-tini@/
-set_hyph_index;
-not_found1:
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [42] m.937 l.18253 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-else begin if lc_code(cur_chr)=0 then
-@y
-else begin set_lc_code(cur_chr);
- if hc[0]=0 then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [42] m.937 l.18261 - e-TeX hyph_codes
- begin incr(n); hc[n]:=lc_code(cur_chr);
-@y
- begin incr(n); hc[n]:=hc[0];
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [43] m.952 l.18549 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries}
-@y
-hyph_root:=compress_trie(hyph_root);
-trie_root:=compress_trie(trie_root); {identify equivalent subtries}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [43] m.958 l.18637 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-if trie_root=0 then {no patterns were given}
-@y
-if trie_max=0 then {no patterns were given}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [43] m.958 l.18641 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-else begin trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|}
-@y
-else begin if hyph_root>0 then trie_fix(hyph_root);
- if trie_root>0 then trie_fix(trie_root); {this fixes the non-holes in |trie|}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [43] m.960 l.18684 new_patterns - e-TeX hyph_codes
- brace@>;
-@y
- brace@>;
- if saving_hyph_codes>0 then
- @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [43] m.966 l.18791 init_trie - e-TeX hyph_codes
-@<Move the data into |trie|@>;
-@y
-if hyph_root<>0 then @<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>;
-@<Move the data into |trie|@>;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.968 l.18807 - e-TeX saved_items
-whenever this is possible without backspacing.
-@y
-whenever this is possible without backspacing.
-
-When the second argument |s| is |false| the deleted nodes are destroyed,
-otherwise they are collected in a list starting at |split_disc|.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.968 l.18814 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items
-@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer):pointer; {adjust top after page break}
-var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|}
-@!q:pointer; {temporary variable for list manipulation}
-@y
-@p function prune_page_top(@!p:pointer;@!s:boolean):pointer;
- {adjust top after page break}
-var prev_p:pointer; {lags one step behind |p|}
-@!q,@!r:pointer; {temporary variables for list manipulation}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.968 l.18825 prune_page_top - e-TeX saved_items
- link(prev_p):=p; flush_node_list(q);
-@y
- link(prev_p):=p;
- if s then
- begin if split_disc=null then split_disc:=q@+else link(r):=q;
- r:=q;
- end
- else flush_node_list(q);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.977 l.18992 vsplit - e-TeX marks, sparse arrays
-@p function vsplit(@!n:eight_bits; @!h:scaled):pointer;
-@y
-@p @t\4@>@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>@;
-function vsplit(@!n:halfword; @!h:scaled):pointer;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME incompatible?
-@x [44] m.977 l.18998 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin v:=box(n); vdir:=box_dir(v);
-@y
-begin cur_val:=n; fetch_box(v); vdir:=box_dir(v);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: how to detach this from sparse arrays?
-@x [44] m.977 l.18999 vsplit - e-TeX marks, saved_items
-if split_first_mark<>null then
-@y
-flush_node_list(split_disc); split_disc:=null;
-if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(vsplit_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
-if split_first_mark<>null then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.977 l.19007 vsplit - e-TeX saved_items
-q:=prune_page_top(q); p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size);
-@y
-q:=prune_page_top(q,saving_vdiscards>0);
-p:=list_ptr(v); free_node(v,box_node_size);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME might be incompatible?
-@x [44] m.977 l.19008 vsplit - e-TeX sparse arrays
-if q=null then set_equiv(box_base+n,null)
- {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
-else set_equiv(box_base+n,vpack(q,natural));
-@y
-if q<>null then q:=vpack(q,natural);
-change_box(q); {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [44] m.979 l.19033 - e-TeX marks
- if split_first_mark=null then
-@y
- if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@>
- else if split_first_mark=null then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.982 l.19167 - e-TeX last_node_type
-The variables |last_penalty| and |last_kern| are similar. And
-@y
-The variables |last_penalty|, |last_kern|, and |last_node_type|
-are similar. And
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.982 l.19180 - e-TeX last_node_type
-@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}}
-@y
-@!last_kern:scaled; {used to implement \.{\\lastkern}}
-@!last_node_type:integer; {used to implement \.{\\lastnodetype}}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.991 l.19317 - e-TeX last_node_type
-last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
-@y
-last_glue:=max_halfword; last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
-last_node_type:=-1;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.996 l.19384 - e-TeX last_node_type
-last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
-@y
-last_penalty:=0; last_kern:=0;
-last_node_type:=type(p)+1;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.999 l.19421 - e-TeX saved_items
-link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null; flush_node_list(p)
-@y
-link(contrib_head):=link(p); link(p):=null;
-if saving_vdiscards>0 then
- begin if page_disc=null then page_disc:=p@+else link(tail_page_disc):=p;
- tail_page_disc:=p;
- end
-else flush_node_list(p)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: sparse arrays?
-@x [45] m.1012 l.19661 fire_up - e-TeX marks
-if bot_mark<>null then
-@y
-if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(fire_up_init,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
-if bot_mark<>null then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.1012 l.19669 fire_up - e-TeX marks
-if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then
-@y
-if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(fire_up_done,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
-if (top_mark<>null)and(first_mark=null) then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.1014 l.19706 - e-TeX marks
- else if type(p)=mark_node then @<Update the values of
-@y
- else if type(p)=mark_node then
- if mark_class(p)<>0 then @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@>
- else @<Update the values of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.1021 l.19818 - e-TeX saved_items
- ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r));
-@y
- ins_ptr(p):=prune_page_top(broken_ptr(r),false);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.1023 l.19854 - e-TeX saved_items
-ship_out(box(255)); set_equiv(box_base+255,null);
-@y
-flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null;
-ship_out(box(255)); set_equiv(box_base+255,null);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [45] m.1026 l.19896 - e-TeX saved_items
-pop_nest; build_page;
-@y
-flush_node_list(page_disc); page_disc:=null;
-pop_nest; build_page;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1070 l.20697 normal_paragraph - e-TeX penalties
-if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null);
-@y
-if par_shape_ptr<>null then eq_define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,null);
-if inter_line_penalties_ptr<>null then
- eq_define(inter_line_penalties_loc,shape_ref,null);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME incompatible?
-% @x [47] m.1071 l.20718 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-% |box_flag+255| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox255}';
-% codes |box_flag+256| through |box_flag+511| represent `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'
-% through `\.{\\global\\setbox255}';
-% code |box_flag+512| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |box_flag+513|
-% through |box_flag+515| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}',
-% @y
-% |global_box_flag-1| represent `\.{\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\setbox32767}';
-% codes |global_box_flag| through |ship_out_flag-1| represent
-% `\.{\\global\\setbox0}' through `\.{\\global\\setbox32767}';
-% code |ship_out_flag| represents `\.{\\shipout}'; and codes |leader_flag|
-% through |leader_flag+2| represent `\.{\\leaders}', `\.{\\cleaders}',
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1071 l.20732 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-@d ship_out_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs)
- {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
-@y
-@d global_box_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) {context code for `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'}
-@d ship_out_flag==global_box_flag+1 {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1075 l.20815 box_end - e-TeX sparse arrays
-var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
-@y
-var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
-@!a:small_number; {global prefix}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: might not work this way
-@x [47] m.1077 l.20853 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then
- eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-@y
-begin if box_context<global_box_flag then
- begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0;
- end
-else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4;
- end;
-if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box)
-else sa_def_box;
-end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1079 l.20885 begin_box - e-TeX sparse arrays
-@!n:eight_bits; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val));
-@y
-@!n:halfword; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1080 l.20901 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% since |head| is a one-word node.
-% @y
-% since |head| is a one-word node.
-% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed.
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1080 l.20914 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then
-% @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>;
-% @y
-% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then
-% remove_end_M;
-% if (type(tail)=hlist_node)or(type(tail)=vlist_node) then
-% @<Remove the last box, unless it's part of a discretionary@>;
-% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M;
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1082 l.20935 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val;
-@y
-begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1096 l.21119 - e-TeX penalties, TeXXeT
-% else line_break(widow_penalty);
-% @y
-% else line_break(false);
-% if LR_save<>null then
-% begin flush_list(LR_save); LR_save:=null;
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1101 l.21175 make_mark - e-TeX marks
-begin p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size);
-@y
-@!c:halfword; {the mark class}
-begin if cur_chr=0 then c:=0
-else begin scan_register_num; c:=cur_val;
- end;
-p:=scan_toks(false,true); p:=get_node(small_node_size);
-mark_class(p):=c;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1105 l.21203 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% will be deleted, if present.
-% @y
-% will be deleted, if present.
-% A final \.{\\endM} node is temporarily removed.
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1105 l.21213 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then if type(tail)=cur_chr then
-% @y
-% else begin if not is_char_node(tail) then
-% begin if (type(tail)=math_node)and(subtype(tail)=end_M_code) then
-% remove_end_M;
-% if type(tail)=cur_chr then
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1105 l.21224 delete_last - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% end;
-% @y
-% if LR_temp<>null then insert_end_M;
-% end;
-% end;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1108 l.21262 - e-TeX saved_items
-un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy")
-@y
-un_vbox: if chr_code=copy_code then print_esc("unvcopy")
- @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1110 l.21272 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items
-label exit;
-@y
-label done, exit;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1110 l.21275 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items, sparse arrays
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
-@y
-begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
-c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: might be incompatible
-@x [47] m.1110 l.21287 unpackage - e-TeX sparse arrays
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
-@y
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-change_box(null);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [47] m.1110 l.21290 unpackage - e-TeX saved_items
-while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail);
-@y
-done:
-while link(tail)<>null do tail:=link(tail);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [47] m.1130 l.21562 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% vmode+halign,hmode+valign:init_align;
-% @y
-% vmode+halign:init_align;
-% hmode+valign:@<Cases of |main_control| for |hmode+valign|@>@; init_align;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1138 l.21629 init_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% procedure init_math;
-% label reswitch,found,not_found,done;
-% var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|}
-% @y
-% @t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |init_math|@>@;
-% procedure init_math;
-% label reswitch,found,not_found,done;
-% var w:scaled; {new or partial |pre_display_size|}
-% @!j:pointer; {prototype box for display}
-% @!x:integer; {new |pre_display_direction|}
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1145 l.21687 - e-TeX TeXXeT, penalties
-% begin if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'}
-% begin pop_nest; w:=-max_dimen;
-% end
-% else begin line_break(display_widow_penalty);@/
-% @y
-% begin j:=null; w:=-max_dimen;
-% if head=tail then {`\.{\\noindent\$\$}' or `\.{\$\${ }\$\$}'}
-% @<Prepare for display after an empty paragraph@>
-% else begin line_break(true);@/
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1145 l.21700 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w);
-% @y
-% eq_word_define(dimen_base+pre_display_size_code,w);
-% LR_box:=j;
-% if eTeX_ex then eq_word_define(int_base+pre_display_direction_code,x);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1146 l.21708 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% v:=shift_amount(just_box)+2*quad(cur_font); w:=-max_dimen;
-% p:=list_ptr(just_box);
-% @y
-% @<Prepare for display after a non-empty paragraph@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1146 l.21723 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% done:
-% @y
-% done:
-% @<Finish the natural width computation@>
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1147 l.21734 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% kern_node,math_node: d:=width(p);
-% @y
-% kern_node: d:=width(p);
-% @t\4@>@<Cases of `Let |d| be the natural width' that need special treatment@>@;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [48] m.1185 l.22243 - e-TeX middle
- if type(q)<>left_noad then confusion("right");
-@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@>
- info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(q);
- link(q):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p;
-@y
- if (type(q)<>left_noad)or(delim_ptr=null) then confusion("right");
-@:this can't happen right}{\quad right@>
- info(numerator(incompleat_noad)):=link(delim_ptr);
- link(delim_ptr):=incompleat_noad; link(incompleat_noad):=p;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [48] m.1189 l.22288 - e-TeX middle
-else print_esc("right");
-@y
-@/@<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
-else print_esc("right");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [48] m.1191 l.22297 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
-begin t:=cur_chr;
-if (t=right_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then
-@y
-@!q:pointer; {resulting mlist}
-begin t:=cur_chr;
-if (t<>left_noad)and(cur_group<>math_left_group) then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% FIXME: might be incompatible?
-@x [48] m.1191 l.22302 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
- if t=left_noad then
- begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=p; tail:=p;
- end
- else begin p:=fin_mlist(p);
- @<DIR: |unsave| math@>; {end of |math_left_group|}
-@y
- if t=middle_noad then
- begin type(p):=right_noad; subtype(p):=middle_noad;
- end;
- if t=left_noad then q:=p
- else begin q:=fin_mlist(p);
- @<DIR: |unsave| math@>; {end of |math_left_group|}
- end;
- if t<>right_noad then
- begin push_math(math_left_group); link(head):=q; tail:=p;
- delim_ptr:=p;
- end
- else begin
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [48] m.1191 l.22308 math_left_right - e-TeX middle
- info(nucleus(tail)):=p;
-@y
- info(nucleus(tail)):=q;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [48] m.1192 l.22316 - e-TeX middle
- print_err("Extra "); print_esc("right");
-@.Extra \\right.@>
- help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left.");
-@y
- print_err("Extra ");
- if t=middle_noad then
- begin print_esc("middle");
-@.Extra \\middle.@>
- help1("I'm ignoring a \middle that had no matching \left.");
- end
- else begin print_esc("right");
-@.Extra \\right.@>
- help1("I'm ignoring a \right that had no matching \left.");
- end;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1194 l.22331 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% procedure after_math;
-% @y
-% @t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |after_math|@>@;
-% procedure after_math;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1194 l.22338 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin danger:=false;
-% @y
-% begin danger:=false;
-% @<Retrieve the prototype box@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1194 l.22345 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural);
-% @y
-% mlist_to_hlist; a:=hpack(link(temp_head),natural);
-% subtype(a):=dlist;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1194 l.22348 after_math - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% danger:=false;
-% @y
-% danger:=false;
-% @<Retrieve the prototype box@>;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1199 l.22435 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent;
-% @y
-% w:=width(b); z:=display_width; s:=display_indent;
-% if pre_display_direction<0 then s:=-s-z;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1199 l.22450 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% resume_after_display
-% @y
-% @<Flush the prototype box@>;
-% resume_after_display
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1202 l.22492 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% d:=half(z-w);
-% @y
-% subtype(b):=dlist;
-% d:=half(z-w);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1203 l.22513 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% begin shift_amount(a):=s; append_to_vlist(a);
-% @y
-% begin app_display(j,a,0);
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1204 l.22528 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% shift_amount(b):=s+d; append_to_vlist(b)
-% @y
-% app_display(j,b,d)
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1205 l.22533 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% shift_amount(a):=s+z-width(a);
-% append_to_vlist(a);
-% @y
-% app_display(j,a,z-width(a));
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-% @x [48] m.1206 l.22552 - e-TeX TeXXeT
-% pop_nest;
-% @y
-% flush_node_list(LR_box);
-% pop_nest;
-% @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1208 l.22577 - e-TeX protected
-control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}' or `\.{\\outer}', and
-it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes `\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}',
-@y
-control sequence can be defined to be `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}',
-or `\.{\\outer}', and it might or might not be expanded. The prefixes
-`\.{\\global}', `\.{\\long}', `\.{\\protected}',
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1209 l.22603 - e-TeX protected
- else print_esc("global");
-@y
- @/@<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- else print_esc("global");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1211 l.22665 prefixed_command - e-TeX tracing
- @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>;
-@y
- @<Discard erroneous prefixes and |return|@>;
- if tracing_commands>2 then if eTeX_ex then show_cur_cmd_chr;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1213 l.22686 - e-TeX protected
-if (cur_cmd<>def)and(a mod 4<>0) then
-@y
-if a>=8 then
- begin j:=protected_token; a:=a-8;
- end
-else j:=0;
-if (cur_cmd<>def)and((a mod 4<>0)or(j<>0)) then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1218 l.22749 - e-TeX protected
- q:=scan_toks(true,e); define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref);
-@y
- q:=scan_toks(true,e);
- if j<>0 then
- begin q:=get_avail; info(q):=j; link(q):=link(def_ref);
- link(def_ref):=q;
- end;
- define(p,call+(a mod 4),def_ref);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1224 l.22840 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-@y
- othercases begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|}
- if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|}
- find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register;
- define(p,j,cur_ptr);
- end
- else
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1225 l.22853 - e-TeX read_line
-read_to_cs: begin scan_int; n:=cur_val;
-@y
-read_to_cs: begin j:=cur_chr; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1225 l.22861 - e-TeX read_line
- p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p); define(p,call,cur_val);
-@y
- p:=cur_cs; read_toks(n,p,j); define(p,call,cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1226 l.22870 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@y
- e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true);
- cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else e:=true;
- p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1226 l.22880 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies}
-@y
- begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1226 l.22888 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- define(p,call,def_ref);
-@y
- sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1227 l.22893 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
-if cur_cmd=assign_toks then
- begin q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end;
-end
-@y
-if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then
- begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then q:=null
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr)
- else q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1236 l.23009 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-@y
-@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?}
-@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|}
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1236 l.23024 do_register_command - e-TeX sparse arrays
-if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@y
-if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1237 l.23046 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int;
-@y
-if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true;
- end
-else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1237 l.23053 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-end;
-found:
-@y
- end;
-end;
-found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l);
-else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1238 l.23059 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l);
-@y
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1239 l.23066 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l);
-@y
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1240 l.23086 - e-TeX sparse arrays
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
-else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s);
-@y
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val)
-else begin r:=new_spec(s);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1241 l.23108 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int;
- if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n)
-@y
-set_box: begin scan_register_num;
- if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1246 l.23179 alter_integer - e-TeX interaction_mode
-var c:0..1; {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int;
-if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val
-@y
-var c:small_number;
- {0 for \.{\\deadcycles}, 1 for \.{\\insertpenalties}, etc.}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int;
-if c=0 then dead_cycles:=cur_val
-@/@<Cases for |alter_integer|@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1247 l.23188 alter_box_dimen - e-TeX sparse arrays
-@!b:eight_bits; {box number}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@y
-@!b:pointer; {box register}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1248 l.23197 - e-TeX penalties
-set_shape: begin scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
- if n<=0 then p:=null
-@y
-set_shape: begin q:=cur_chr; scan_optional_equals; scan_int; n:=cur_val;
- if n<=0 then p:=null
- else if q>par_shape_loc then
- begin n:=(cur_val div 2)+1; p:=get_node(2*n+1); info(p):=n;
- n:=cur_val; mem[p+1].int:=n; {number of penalties}
- for j:=p+2 to p+n+1 do
- begin scan_int; mem[j].int:=cur_val; {penalty values}
- end;
- if not odd(n) then mem[p+n+2].int:=0; {unused}
- end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1248 l.23207 - e-TeX penalties
- define(par_shape_loc,shape_ref,p);
-@y
- define(q,shape_ref,p);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1292 l.23581 - e-TeX show_groups
- show_lists:print_esc("showlists");
-@y
- show_lists:print_esc("showlists");
- @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@;@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1293 l.23588 show_whatever - e-TeX show_ifs
-var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show}
-@y
-var p:pointer; {tail of a token list to show}
-@!t:small_number; {type of conditional being shown}
-@!m:normal..or_code; {upper bound on |fi_or_else| codes}
-@!l:integer; {line where that conditional began}
-@!n:integer; {level of \.{\\if...\\fi} nesting}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1293 l.23594 show_whatever - e-TeX show_groups
-othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register,
-@y
-@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>@;@/
-othercases @<Show the current value of some parameter or register,
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1295 l.23629 - e-TeX protected
-call: print("macro");
-long_call: print_esc("long macro");
-outer_call: print_esc("outer macro");
-long_outer_call: begin print_esc("long"); print_esc("outer macro");
-@y
-call,long_call,outer_call,long_outer_call: begin n:=cmd-call;
- if info(link(chr_code))=protected_token then n:=n+4;
- if odd(n div 4) then print_esc("protected");
- if odd(n) then print_esc("long");
- if odd(n div 2) then print_esc("outer");
- if n>0 then print_char(" ");
- print("macro");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1296 l.23637 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if box(cur_val)=null then print("void")
-else show_box(box(cur_val));
-@y
-begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1307 l.23779 - e-TeX basic
-dump_int(@$);@/
-@y
-dump_int(@$);@/
-@<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic
-if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
-@y
-if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
-@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1311 l.23848 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover);
-@y
-dump_int(lo_mem_max); dump_int(rover);
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1312 l.23871 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover);
-@y
-undump(lo_mem_stat_max+1)(lo_mem_max)(rover);
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do
- undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1324 l.24065 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-dump_int(trie_max);
-@y
-dump_int(trie_max);
-dump_int(hyph_start);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [50] m.1325 l.24093 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini
-@y
-undump_size(0)(trie_size)('trie size')(j); @+init trie_max:=j;@+tini
-undump(0)(j)(hyph_start);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [51] m.1335 l.24313 final_cleanup - tracing
- print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")");
-@y
- print_int(cur_level-level_one); print_char(")");
- if eTeX_ex then show_save_groups;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [51] m.1335 l.24336 final_cleanup - e-TeX marks, saved_items
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
-@y
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
- if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
- for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [51] m.1336 l.24345 ] m.1336 l.24340 init_prim - e-TeX basic
-begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
-@y
-begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
-first:=0;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [51] m.1337 l.24360 - e-TeX basic
-if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then
-@y
-@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>@;@/
-if (format_ident=0)or(buffer[loc]="&") then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [51] m.1337 l.24368 - e-TeX basic
- end;
-@y
- end;
-if eTeX_ex then wterm_ln('entering extended mode');
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [53] m.1363 l.24715 - e-TeX hyph_codes
-adv_past(s)
-@y
-if subtype(s)=language_node then
- begin cur_lang:=what_lang(s); l_hyf:=what_lhm(s); r_hyf:=what_rhm(s);
- set_hyph_index;
- end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [54] m.1379 l.24903 - e-TeX additions
-@* \[54] System-dependent changes.
-@y
-@* \[53a] The extended features of \eTeX.
-The program has two modes of operation: (1)~In \TeX\ compatibility mode
-it fully deserves the name \TeX\ and there are neither extended features
-nor additional primitive commands. There are, however, a few
-modifications that would be legitimate in any implementation of \TeX\
-such as, e.g., preventing inadequate results of the glue to \.{DVI}
-unit conversion during |ship_out|. (2)~In extended mode there are
-additional primitive commands and the extended features of \eTeX\ are
-available.
-
-The distinction between these two modes of operation initially takes
-place when a `virgin' \.{eINITEX} starts without reading a format file.
-Later on the values of all \eTeX\ state variables are inherited when
-\.{eVIRTEX} (or \.{eINITEX}) reads a format file.
-
-The code below is designed to work for cases where `$|init|\ldots|tini|$'
-is a run-time switch.
-
-@<Enable \eTeX, if requested@>=
-@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then
- begin no_new_control_sequence:=false;
- @<Generate all \eTeX\ primitives@>@;
- incr(loc); eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode}
- @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@;
- end;
-tini@;@/
-if not no_new_control_sequence then {just entered extended mode ?}
- no_new_control_sequence:=true@+else
-
-@ The \eTeX\ features available in extended mode are grouped into two
-categories: (1)~Some of them are permanently enabled and have no
-semantic effect as long as none of the additional primitives are
-executed. (2)~The remaining \eTeX\ features are optional and can be
-individually enabled and disabled. For each optional feature there is
-an \eTeX\ state variable named \.{\\...state}; the feature is enabled,
-resp.\ disabled by assigning a positive, resp.\ non-positive value to
-that integer.
-
-@d eTeX_state_base=int_base+eTeX_state_code
-@d eTeX_state(#)==eqtb[eTeX_state_base+#].int {an \eTeX\ state variable}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}}
-@d eTeX_revision_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code);
-@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code);
-@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/
-@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype");
-eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version;
-
-@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision");
-
-@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing;
-
-@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision);
-
-@ @d eTeX_ex==(eTeX_mode=1) {is this extended mode?}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!eTeX_mode: 0..1; {identifies compatibility and extended mode}
-
-@ @<Initialize table entries...@>=
-eTeX_mode:=0; {initially we are in compatibility mode}
-@<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@;
-
-@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>=
-dump_int(eTeX_mode);
-for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements}
-
-@ @<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>=
-undump(0)(1)(eTeX_mode);
-if eTeX_ex then
- begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ extended mode@>@;
- end
-else begin @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ compatibility mode@>@;
- end;
-
-@ The |eTeX_enabled| function simply returns its first argument as
-result. This argument is |true| if an optional \eTeX\ feature is
-currently enabled; otherwise, if the argument is |false|, the function
-gives an error message.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
-function eTeX_enabled(@!b:boolean;@!j:quarterword;@!k:halfword):boolean;
-begin if not b then
- begin print_err("Improper "); print_cmd_chr(j,k);
- help1("Sorry, this optional e-TeX feature has been disabled."); error;
- end;
-eTeX_enabled:=b;
-end;
-
-@ First we implement the additional \eTeX\ parameters in the table of
-equivalents.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("everyeof",assign_toks,every_eof_loc);
-@!@:every_eof_}{\.{\\everyeof} primitive@>
-primitive("tracingassigns",assign_int,int_base+tracing_assigns_code);@/
-@!@:tracing_assigns_}{\.{\\tracingassigns} primitive@>
-primitive("tracinggroups",assign_int,int_base+tracing_groups_code);@/
-@!@:tracing_groups_}{\.{\\tracinggroups} primitive@>
-primitive("tracingifs",assign_int,int_base+tracing_ifs_code);@/
-@!@:tracing_ifs_}{\.{\\tracingifs} primitive@>
-primitive("tracingscantokens",assign_int,int_base+tracing_scan_tokens_code);@/
-@!@:tracing_scan_tokens_}{\.{\\tracingscantokens} primitive@>
-primitive("tracingnesting",assign_int,int_base+tracing_nesting_code);@/
-@!@:tracing_nesting_}{\.{\\tracingnesting} primitive@>
-{ FIXME: the next two should be commented }
-primitive("predisplaydirection",
- assign_int,int_base+pre_display_direction_code);@/
-@!@:pre_display_direction_}{\.{\\predisplaydirection} primitive@>
-primitive("lastlinefit",assign_int,int_base+last_line_fit_code);@/
-@!@:last_line_fit_}{\.{\\lastlinefit} primitive@>
-primitive("savingvdiscards",assign_int,int_base+saving_vdiscards_code);@/
-@!@:saving_vdiscards_}{\.{\\savingvdiscards} primitive@>
-primitive("savinghyphcodes",assign_int,int_base+saving_hyph_codes_code);@/
-@!@:saving_hyph_codes_}{\.{\\savinghyphcodes} primitive@>
-
-@ @d every_eof==equiv(every_eof_loc)
-
-@<Cases of |assign_toks| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-every_eof_loc: print_esc("everyeof");
-
-@ @<Cases for |print_param|@>=
-tracing_assigns_code:print_esc("tracingassigns");
-tracing_groups_code:print_esc("tracinggroups");
-tracing_ifs_code:print_esc("tracingifs");
-tracing_scan_tokens_code:print_esc("tracingscantokens");
-tracing_nesting_code:print_esc("tracingnesting");
-{ FIXME: the next one should be commented }
-pre_display_direction_code:print_esc("predisplaydirection");
-last_line_fit_code:print_esc("lastlinefit");
-saving_vdiscards_code:print_esc("savingvdiscards");
-saving_hyph_codes_code:print_esc("savinghyphcodes");
-
-@ In order to handle \.{\\everyeof} we need an array |eof_seen| of
-boolean variables.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!eof_seen : array[1..max_in_open] of boolean; {has eof been seen?}
-
-@ The |print_group| procedure prints the current level of grouping and
-the name corresponding to |cur_group|.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure print_group(@!e:boolean);
-label exit;
-begin case cur_group of
- bottom_level: begin print("bottom level"); return;
- end;
- simple_group,semi_simple_group:
- begin if cur_group=semi_simple_group then print("semi ");
- print("simple");
- end;
- hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group:
- begin if cur_group=adjusted_hbox_group then print("adjusted ");
- print("hbox");
- end;
- vbox_group: print("vbox");
- vtop_group: print("vtop");
- align_group,no_align_group:
- begin if cur_group=no_align_group then print("no ");
- print("align");
- end;
- output_group: print("output");
- disc_group: print("disc");
- insert_group: print("insert");
- vcenter_group: print("vcenter");
- math_group,math_choice_group,math_shift_group,math_left_group:
- begin print("math");
- if cur_group=math_choice_group then print(" choice")
- else if cur_group=math_shift_group then print(" shift")
- else if cur_group=math_left_group then print(" left");
- end;
- end; {there are no other cases}
-print(" group (level "); print_int(qo(cur_level)); print_char(")");
-if saved(-1)<>0 then
- begin if e then print(" entered at line ") else print(" at line ");
- print_int(saved(-1));
- end;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |group_trace| procedure is called when a new level of grouping
-begins (|e=false|) or ends (|e=true|) with |saved(-1)| containing the
-line number.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure group_trace(@!e:boolean);
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{");
-if e then print("leaving ") else print("entering ");
-print_group(e); print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-
-@ The \.{\\currentgrouplevel} and \.{\\currentgrouptype} commands return
-the current level of grouping and the type of the current group
-respectively.
-
-@d current_group_level_code=eTeX_int+1 {code for \.{\\currentgrouplevel}}
-@d current_group_type_code=eTeX_int+2 {code for \.{\\currentgrouptype}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("currentgrouplevel",last_item,current_group_level_code);
-@!@:current_group_level_}{\.{\\currentgrouplevel} primitive@>
-primitive("currentgrouptype",last_item,current_group_type_code);
-@!@:current_group_type_}{\.{\\currentgrouptype} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-current_group_level_code: print_esc("currentgrouplevel");
-current_group_type_code: print_esc("currentgrouptype");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-current_group_level_code: cur_val:=cur_level-level_one;
-current_group_type_code: cur_val:=cur_group;
-
-@ The \.{\\currentiflevel}, \.{\\currentiftype}, and
-\.{\\currentifbranch} commands return the current level of conditionals
-and the type and branch of the current conditional.
-
-@d current_if_level_code=eTeX_int+3 {code for \.{\\currentiflevel}}
-@d current_if_type_code=eTeX_int+4 {code for \.{\\currentiftype}}
-@d current_if_branch_code=eTeX_int+5 {code for \.{\\currentifbranch}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("currentiflevel",last_item,current_if_level_code);
-@!@:current_if_level_}{\.{\\currentiflevel} primitive@>
-primitive("currentiftype",last_item,current_if_type_code);
-@!@:current_if_type_}{\.{\\currentiftype} primitive@>
-primitive("currentifbranch",last_item,current_if_branch_code);
-@!@:current_if_branch_}{\.{\\currentifbranch} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-current_if_level_code: print_esc("currentiflevel");
-current_if_type_code: print_esc("currentiftype");
-current_if_branch_code: print_esc("currentifbranch");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-current_if_level_code: begin q:=cond_ptr; cur_val:=0;
- while q<>null do
- begin incr(cur_val); q:=link(q);
- end;
- end;
-current_if_type_code: if cond_ptr=null then cur_val:=0
- else if cur_if<unless_code then cur_val:=cur_if+1
- else cur_val:=-(cur_if-unless_code+1);
-current_if_branch_code:
- if (if_limit=or_code)or(if_limit=else_code) then cur_val:=1
- else if if_limit=fi_code then cur_val:=-1
- else cur_val:=0;
-
-@ The \.{\\fontcharwd}, \.{\\fontcharht}, \.{\\fontchardp}, and
-\.{\\fontcharic} commands return information about a character in a
-font.
-
-@d font_char_wd_code=eTeX_dim {code for \.{\\fontcharwd}}
-@d font_char_ht_code=eTeX_dim+1 {code for \.{\\fontcharht}}
-@d font_char_dp_code=eTeX_dim+2 {code for \.{\\fontchardp}}
-@d font_char_ic_code=eTeX_dim+3 {code for \.{\\fontcharic}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("fontcharwd",last_item,font_char_wd_code);
-@!@:font_char_wd_}{\.{\\fontcharwd} primitive@>
-primitive("fontcharht",last_item,font_char_ht_code);
-@!@:font_char_ht_}{\.{\\fontcharht} primitive@>
-primitive("fontchardp",last_item,font_char_dp_code);
-@!@:font_char_dp_}{\.{\\fontchardp} primitive@>
-primitive("fontcharic",last_item,font_char_ic_code);
-@!@:font_char_ic_}{\.{\\fontcharic} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-font_char_wd_code: print_esc("fontcharwd");
-font_char_ht_code: print_esc("fontcharht");
-font_char_dp_code: print_esc("fontchardp");
-font_char_ic_code: print_esc("fontcharic");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
-font_char_wd_code,
-font_char_ht_code,
-font_char_dp_code,
-font_char_ic_code: begin scan_font_ident; q:=cur_val; scan_char_num;
- if (font_bc(q)<=cur_val)and(font_ec(q)>=cur_val) then
- begin i:=char_info(q)(qi(cur_val));
- case m of
- font_char_wd_code: cur_val:=char_width(q)(i);
- font_char_ht_code: cur_val:=char_height(q)(height_depth(i));
- font_char_dp_code: cur_val:=char_depth(q)(height_depth(i));
- font_char_ic_code: cur_val:=char_italic(q)(i);
- end; {there are no other cases}
- end
- else cur_val:=0;
- end;
-
-@ The \.{\\parshapedimen}, \.{\\parshapeindent}, and \.{\\parshapelength}
-commands return the indent and length parameters of the current
-\.{\\parshape} specification.
-
-@d par_shape_length_code=eTeX_dim+4 {code for \.{\\parshapelength}}
-@d par_shape_indent_code=eTeX_dim+5 {code for \.{\\parshapeindent}}
-@d par_shape_dimen_code=eTeX_dim+6 {code for \.{\\parshapedimen}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("parshapelength",last_item,par_shape_length_code);
-@!@:par_shape_length_}{\.{\\parshapelength} primitive@>
-primitive("parshapeindent",last_item,par_shape_indent_code);
-@!@:par_shape_indent_}{\.{\\parshapeindent} primitive@>
-primitive("parshapedimen",last_item,par_shape_dimen_code);
-@!@:par_shape_dimen_}{\.{\\parshapedimen} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-par_shape_length_code: print_esc("parshapelength");
-par_shape_indent_code: print_esc("parshapeindent");
-par_shape_dimen_code: print_esc("parshapedimen");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
-par_shape_length_code,
-par_shape_indent_code,
-par_shape_dimen_code: begin q:=cur_chr-par_shape_length_code; scan_int;
- if (par_shape_ptr=null)or(cur_val<=0) then cur_val:=0
- else begin if q=2 then
- begin q:=cur_val mod 2; cur_val:=(cur_val+q)div 2;
- end;
- if cur_val>info(par_shape_ptr) then cur_val:=info(par_shape_ptr);
- cur_val:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*cur_val-q].sc;
- end;
- cur_val_level:=dimen_val;
- end;
-
-@ The \.{\\showgroups} command displays all currently active grouping
-levels.
-
-@d show_groups=4 { \.{\\showgroups} }
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("showgroups",xray,show_groups);
-@!@:show_groups_}{\.{\\showgroups} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-show_groups:print_esc("showgroups");
-
-@ @<Cases for |show_whatever|@>=
-show_groups: begin begin_diagnostic; show_save_groups;
- end;
-
-@ @<Types...@>=
-@!save_pointer=0..save_size; {index into |save_stack|}
-
-@ The modifications of \TeX\ required for the display produced by the
-|show_save_groups| procedure were first discussed by Donald~E. Knuth in
-{\sl TUGboat\/} {\bf 11}, 165--170 and 499--511, 1990.
-@^Knuth, Donald Ervin@>
-
-In order to understand a group type we also have to know its mode.
-Since unrestricted horizontal modes are not associated with grouping,
-they are skipped when traversing the semantic nest.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
-procedure show_save_groups;
-label found1,found2,found,done;
-var p:0..nest_size; {index into |nest|}
-@!m:-mmode..mmode; {mode}
-@!v:save_pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr|}
-@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level|}
-@!c:group_code; {saved value of |cur_group|}
-@!a:-1..1; {to keep track of alignments}
-@!i:integer;
-@!j:quarterword;
-@!s:str_number;
-begin p:=nest_ptr; nest[p]:=cur_list; {put the top level into the array}
-v:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group;
-save_ptr:=cur_boundary; decr(cur_level);@/
-a:=1;
-print_nl(""); print_ln;
-loop@+begin print_nl("### "); print_group(true);
- if cur_group=bottom_level then goto done;
- repeat m:=nest[p].mode_field;
- if p>0 then decr(p) else m:=vmode;
- until m<>hmode;
- print(" (");
- case cur_group of
- simple_group: begin incr(p); goto found2;
- end;
- hbox_group,adjusted_hbox_group: s:="hbox";
- vbox_group: s:="vbox";
- vtop_group: s:="vtop";
- align_group: if a=0 then
- begin if m=-vmode then s:="halign" else s:="valign";
- a:=1; goto found1;
- end
- else begin if a=1 then print("align entry") else print_esc("cr");
- if p>=a then p:=p-a;
- a:=0; goto found;
- end;
- no_align_group:
- begin incr(p); a:=-1; print_esc("noalign"); goto found2;
- end;
- output_group:
- begin print_esc("output"); goto found;
- end;
- math_group: goto found2;
- disc_group,math_choice_group:
- begin if cur_group=disc_group then print_esc("discretionary")
- else print_esc("mathchoice");
- for i:=1 to 3 do if i<=saved(-2) then print("{}");
- goto found2;
- end;
- insert_group:
- begin if saved(-2)=255 then print_esc("vadjust")
- else begin print_esc("insert"); print_int(saved(-2));
- end;
- goto found2;
- end;
- vcenter_group: begin s:="vcenter"; goto found1;
- end;
- semi_simple_group: begin incr(p); print_esc("begingroup"); goto found;
- end;
- math_shift_group:
- begin if m=mmode then print_char("$")
- else if nest[p].mode_field=mmode then
- begin print_cmd_chr(eq_no,saved(-2)); goto found;
- end;
- print_char("$"); goto found;
- end;
- math_left_group:
- begin if type(nest[p+1].eTeX_aux_field)=left_noad then print_esc("left")
- else print_esc("middle");
- goto found;
- end;
- end; {there are no other cases}
- @<Show the box context@>;
- found1: print_esc(s); @<Show the box packaging info@>;
- found2: print_char("{");
- found: print_char(")"); decr(cur_level);
- cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr)
- end;
-done: save_ptr:=v; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c;
-end;
-
-@ @<Show the box packaging info@>=
-if saved(-2)<>0 then
- begin print_char(" ");
- if saved(-3)=exactly then print("to") else print("spread");
- print_scaled(saved(-2)); print("pt");
- end
-
-@ @<Show the box context@>=
-i:=saved(-4);
-if i<>0 then
- if i<box_flag then
- begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove;
- if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1);
- print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt");
- end
- else if i<ship_out_flag then
- begin if i>=global_box_flag then
- begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-(global_box_flag-box_flag);
- end;
- print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("=");
- end
- else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders))
-
-@ The |scan_general_text| procedure is much like |scan_toks(false,false)|,
-but will be invoked via |expand|, i.e., recursively.
-@^recursion@>
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
-procedure@?scan_general_text; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ The token list (balanced text) created by |scan_general_text| begins
-at |link(temp_head)| and ends at |cur_val|. (If |cur_val=temp_head|,
-the list is empty.)
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>=
-procedure scan_general_text;
-label found;
-var s:normal..absorbing; {to save |scanner_status|}
-@!w:pointer; {to save |warning_index|}
-@!d:pointer; {to save |def_ref|}
-@!p:pointer; {tail of the token list being built}
-@!q:pointer; {new node being added to the token list via |store_new_token|}
-@!unbalance:halfword; {number of unmatched left braces}
-begin s:=scanner_status; w:=warning_index; d:=def_ref;
-scanner_status:=absorbing; warning_index:=cur_cs;
-def_ref:=get_avail; token_ref_count(def_ref):=null; p:=def_ref;
-scan_left_brace; {remove the compulsory left brace}
-unbalance:=1;
-loop@+ begin get_token;
- if cur_tok<right_brace_limit then
- if cur_cmd<right_brace then incr(unbalance)
- else begin decr(unbalance);
- if unbalance=0 then goto found;
- end;
- store_new_token(cur_tok);
- end;
-found: q:=link(def_ref); free_avail(def_ref); {discard reference count}
-if q=null then cur_val:=temp_head @+ else cur_val:=p;
-link(temp_head):=q;
-scanner_status:=s; warning_index:=w; def_ref:=d;
-end;
-
-@ The \.{\\showtokens} command displays a token list.
-
-@d show_tokens=5 { \.{\\showtokens} , must be odd! }
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("showtokens",xray,show_tokens);
-@!@:show_tokens_}{\.{\\showtokens} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-show_tokens:print_esc("showtokens");
-
-@ The \.{\\unexpanded} primitive prevents expansion of tokens much as
-the result from \.{\\the} applied to a token variable. The
-\.{\\detokenize} primitive converts a token list into a list of
-character tokens much as if the token list were written to a file. We
-use the fact that the command modifiers for \.{\\unexpanded} and
-\.{\\detokenize} are odd whereas those for \.{\\the} and \.{\\showthe}
-are even.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("unexpanded",the,1);@/
-@!@:unexpanded_}{\.{\\unexpanded} primitive@>
-primitive("detokenize",the,show_tokens);@/
-@!@:detokenize_}{\.{\\detokenize} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |the| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=1 then print_esc("unexpanded")
-else print_esc("detokenize")
-
-@ @<Handle \.{\\unexpanded} or \.{\\detokenize} and |return|@>=
-if odd(cur_chr) then
- begin c:=cur_chr; scan_general_text;
- if c=1 then the_toks:=cur_val
- else begin old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string; b:=pool_ptr;
- p:=get_avail; link(p):=link(temp_head);
- token_show(p); flush_list(p);
- selector:=old_setting; the_toks:=str_toks(b);
- end;
- return;
- end
-
-@ The \.{\\showifs} command displays all currently active conditionals.
-
-@d show_ifs=6 { \.{\\showifs} }
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("showifs",xray,show_ifs);
-@!@:show_ifs_}{\.{\\showifs} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |xray| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-show_ifs:print_esc("showifs");
-
-@
-@d print_if_line(#)==if #<>0 then
- begin print(" entered on line "); print_int(#);
- end
-
-@<Cases for |show_whatever|@>=
-show_ifs: begin begin_diagnostic; print_nl(""); print_ln;
- if cond_ptr=null then
- begin print_nl("### "); print("no active conditionals");
- end
- else begin p:=cond_ptr; n:=0;
- repeat incr(n); p:=link(p);@+until p=null;
- p:=cond_ptr; t:=cur_if; l:=if_line; m:=if_limit;
- repeat print_nl("### level "); print_int(n); print(": ");
- print_cmd_chr(if_test,t);
- if m=fi_code then print_esc("else");
- print_if_line(l);
- decr(n); t:=subtype(p); l:=if_line_field(p); m:=type(p); p:=link(p);
- until p=null;
- end;
- end;
-
-@ The \.{\\interactionmode} primitive allows to query and set the
-interaction mode.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("interactionmode",set_page_int,2);
-@!@:interaction_mode_}{\.{\\interactionmode} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |set_page_int| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("interactionmode")
-
-@ @<Cases for `Fetch the |dead_cycles| or the |insert_penalties|'@>=
-else if m=2 then cur_val:=interaction
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for use...@>=
-procedure@?new_interaction; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ @<Cases for |alter_integer|@>=
-else if c=2 then
- begin if (cur_val<batch_mode)or(cur_val>error_stop_mode) then
- begin print_err("Bad interaction mode");
-@.Bad interaction mode@>
- help2("Modes are 0=batch, 1=nonstop, 2=scroll, and")@/
- ("3=errorstop. Proceed, and I'll ignore this case.");
- int_error(cur_val);
- end
- else begin cur_chr:=cur_val; new_interaction;
- end;
- end
-
-@ The |middle| feature of \eTeX\ allows one ore several \.{\\middle}
-delimiters to appear between \.{\\left} and \.{\\right}.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("middle",left_right,middle_noad);
-@!@:middle_}{\.{\\middle} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |left_right| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=middle_noad then print_esc("middle")
-
-@ The |scan_tokens| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\scantokens}
-primitive.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("scantokens",input,2);
-@!@:scan_tokens_}{\.{\\scantokens} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |input| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=2 then print_esc("scantokens")
-
-@ @<Cases for |input|@>=
-else if cur_chr=2 then pseudo_start
-
-@ The global variable |pseudo_files| is used to maintain a stack of
-pseudo files. The |info| field of each pseudo file points to a linked
-list of variable size nodes representing lines not yet processed: the
-|info| field of the first word contains the size of this node, all the
-following words contain ASCII codes.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!pseudo_files:pointer; {stack of pseudo files}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-pseudo_files:=null;
-
-@ The |pseudo_start| procedure initiates reading from a pseudo file.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure@?pseudo_start; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tok...@>=
-procedure pseudo_start;
-var old_setting:0..max_selector; {holds |selector| setting}
-@!s:str_number; {string to be converted into a pseudo file}
-@!l,@!m:pool_pointer; {indices into |str_pool|}
-@!p,@!q,@!r:pointer; {for list construction}
-@!w: four_quarters; {four ASCII codes}
-@!nl,@!sz:integer;
-begin scan_general_text;
-old_setting:=selector; selector:=new_string;
-token_show(temp_head); selector:=old_setting;
-flush_list(link(temp_head));
-str_room(1); s:=make_string;
-@<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>;
-flush_string;
-@<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>;
-end;
-
-@ @<Convert string |s| into a new pseudo file@>=
-str_pool[pool_ptr]:=si(" "); l:=str_start(s);
-nl:=si(new_line_char);
-p:=get_avail; q:=p;
-while l<pool_ptr do
- begin m:=l;
- while (l<pool_ptr)and(str_pool[l]<>nl) do incr(l);
- sz:=(l-m+7)div 4;
- if sz=1 then sz:=2;
- r:=get_node(sz); link(q):=r; q:=r; info(q):=hi(sz);
- while sz>2 do
- begin decr(sz); incr(r);
- w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m])); w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1]));
- w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2])); w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3]));
- mem[r].qqqq:=w; m:=m+4;
- end;
- w.b0:=qi(" "); w.b1:=qi(" "); w.b2:=qi(" "); w.b3:=qi(" ");
- if l>m then
- begin w.b0:=qi(so(str_pool[m]));
- if l>m+1 then
- begin w.b1:=qi(so(str_pool[m+1]));
- if l>m+2 then
- begin w.b2:=qi(so(str_pool[m+2]));
- if l>m+3 then w.b3:=qi(so(str_pool[m+3]));
- end;
- end;
- end;
- mem[r+1].qqqq:=w;
- if str_pool[l]=nl then incr(l);
- end;
-info(p):=link(p); link(p):=pseudo_files; pseudo_files:=p
-
-@ @<Initiate input from new pseudo file@>=
-begin_file_reading; {set up |cur_file| and new level of input}
-line:=0; limit:=start; loc:=limit+1; {force line read}
-if tracing_scan_tokens>0 then
- begin if term_offset>max_print_line-3 then print_ln
- else if (term_offset>0)or(file_offset>0) then print_char(" ");
- name:=19; print("( "); incr(open_parens); update_terminal;
- end
-else name:=18
-
-@ Here we read a line from the current pseudo file into |buffer|.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-function pseudo_input: boolean; {inputs the next line or returns |false|}
-var p:pointer; {current line from pseudo file}
-@!sz:integer; {size of node |p|}
-@!w:four_quarters; {four ASCII codes}
-@!r:pointer; {loop index}
-begin last:=first; {cf.\ Matthew 19\thinspace:\thinspace30}
-p:=info(pseudo_files);
-if p=null then pseudo_input:=false
-else begin info(pseudo_files):=link(p); sz:=ho(info(p));
- if 4*sz-3>=buf_size-last then
- @<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>;
- last:=first;
- for r:=p+1 to p+sz-1 do
- begin w:=mem[r].qqqq;
- buffer[last]:=w.b0; buffer[last+1]:=w.b1;
- buffer[last+2]:=w.b2; buffer[last+3]:=w.b3;
- last:=last+4;
- end;
- if last>=max_buf_stack then max_buf_stack:=last+1;
- while (last>first)and(buffer[last-1]=" ") do decr(last);
- free_node(p,sz);
- pseudo_input:=true;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ When we are done with a pseudo file we `close' it.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure pseudo_close; {close the top level pseudo file}
-var p,@!q: pointer;
-begin p:=link(pseudo_files); q:=info(pseudo_files);
-free_avail(pseudo_files); pseudo_files:=p;
-while q<>null do
- begin p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,ho(info(p)));
- end;
-end;
-
-@ @<Dump the \eTeX\ state@>=
-while pseudo_files<>null do pseudo_close; {flush pseudo files}
-
-@ @<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("readline",read_to_cs,1);@/
-@!@:read_line_}{\.{\\readline} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |read| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else print_esc("readline")
-
-@ @<Handle \.{\\readline} and |goto done|@>=
-if j=1 then
- begin while loc<=limit do {current line not yet finished}
- begin cur_chr:=buffer[loc]; incr(loc);
- if cur_chr=" " then cur_tok:=space_token
- @+else cur_tok:=cur_chr+other_token;
- store_new_token(cur_tok);
- end;
- goto done;
- end
-
-@ Here we define the additional conditionals of \eTeX\ as well as the
-\.{\\unless} prefix.
-
-@d if_def_code=17 { `\.{\\ifdefined}' }
-@d if_cs_code=18 { `\.{\\ifcsname}' }
-@d if_font_char_code=19 { `\.{\\iffontchar}' }
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("unless",expand_after,1);@/
-@!@:unless_}{\.{\\unless} primitive@>
-primitive("ifdefined",if_test,if_def_code);
-@!@:if_defined_}{\.{\\ifdefined} primitive@>
-primitive("ifcsname",if_test,if_cs_code);
-@!@:if_cs_name_}{\.{\\ifcsname} primitive@>
-primitive("iffontchar",if_test,if_font_char_code);
-@!@:if_font_char_}{\.{\\iffontchar} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |expandafter| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else print_esc("unless")
-
-@ @<Cases of |if_test| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-if_def_code:print_esc("ifdefined");
-if_cs_code:print_esc("ifcsname");
-if_font_char_code:print_esc("iffontchar");
-
-@ The result of a boolean condition is reversed when the conditional is
-preceded by \.{\\unless}.
-
-@<Negate a boolean conditional and |goto reswitch|@>=
-begin get_token;
-if (cur_cmd=if_test)and(cur_chr<>if_case_code) then
- begin cur_chr:=cur_chr+unless_code; goto reswitch;
- end;
-print_err("You can't use `"); print_esc("unless"); print("' before `");
-@.You can't use \\unless...@>
-print_cmd_chr(cur_cmd,cur_chr); print_char("'");
-help1("Continue, and I'll forget that it ever happened.");
-back_error;
-end
-
-@ The conditional \.{\\ifdefined} tests if a control sequence is
-defined.
-
-We need to reset |scanner_status|, since \.{\\outer} control sequences
-are allowed, but we might be scanning a macro definition or preamble.
-
-@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
-if_def_code:begin save_scanner_status:=scanner_status;
- scanner_status:=normal;
- get_next; b:=(cur_cmd<>undefined_cs);
- scanner_status:=save_scanner_status;
- end;
-
-@ The conditional \.{\\ifcsname} is equivalent to \.{\{\\expandafter}
-\.{\}\\expandafter} \.{\\ifdefined} \.{\\csname}, except that no new
-control sequence will be entered into the hash table (once all tokens
-preceding the mandatory \.{\\endcsname} have been expanded).
-
-@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
-if_cs_code:begin n:=get_avail; p:=n; {head of the list of characters}
- repeat get_x_token;
- if cur_cs=0 then store_new_token(cur_tok);
- until cur_cs<>0;
- if cur_cmd<>end_cs_name then @<Complain about missing \.{\\endcsname}@>;
- @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table, and set |cur_cs|@>;
- flush_list(n);
- b:=(eq_type(cur_cs)<>undefined_cs);
- end;
-
-@ @<Look up the characters of list |n| in the hash table...@>=
-m:=first; p:=link(n);
-while p<>null do
- begin if m>=max_buf_stack then
- begin max_buf_stack:=m+1;
- if max_buf_stack=buf_size then
- overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
-@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
- end;
- buffer[m]:=info(p) mod @'400; incr(m); p:=link(p);
- end;
-if m>first+1 then
- cur_cs:=id_lookup(first,m-first) {|no_new_control_sequence| is |true|}
-else if m=first then cur_cs:=null_cs {the list is empty}
-else cur_cs:=single_base+buffer[first] {the list has length one}
-
-@ The conditional \.{\\iffontchar} tests the existence of a character in
-a font.
-
-@<Cases for |conditional|@>=
-if_font_char_code:begin scan_font_ident; n:=cur_val; scan_char_num;
- if (font_bc(n)<=cur_val)and(font_ec(n)>=cur_val) then
- b:=char_exists(char_info(n)(qi(cur_val)))
- else b:=false;
- end;
-
-@ The |protected| feature of \eTeX\ defines the \.{\\protected} prefix
-command for macro definitions. Such macros are protected against
-expansions when lists of expanded tokens are built, e.g., for \.{\\edef}
-or during \.{\\write}.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("protected",prefix,8);
-@!@:protected_}{\.{\\protected} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |prefix| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=8 then print_esc("protected")
-
-@ The |get_x_or_protected| procedure is like |get_x_token| except that
-protected macros are not expanded.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
-procedure get_x_or_protected; {sets |cur_cmd|, |cur_chr|, |cur_tok|,
- and expands non-protected macros}
-label exit;
-begin loop@+begin get_token;
- if cur_cmd<=max_command then return;
- if (cur_cmd>=call)and(cur_cmd<end_template) then
- if info(link(cur_chr))=protected_token then return;
- expand;
- end;
-exit:end;
-
-@ A group entered (or a conditional started) in one file may end in a
-different file. Such slight anomalies, although perfectly legitimate,
-may cause errors that are difficult to locate. In order to be able to
-give a warning message when such anomalies occur, \eTeX\ uses the
-|grp_stack| and |if_stack| arrays to record the initial |cur_boundary|
-and |cond_ptr| values for each input file.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!grp_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|}
-@!if_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|}
-
-@ When a group ends that was apparently entered in a different input
-file, the |group_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the
-|grp_stack|. If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to
-give a warning message. The situation is, however, somewhat complicated
-by two facts: (1)~There may be |grp_stack| elements without a
-corresponding \.{\\input} file or \.{\\scantokens} pseudo file (e.g.,
-error insertions from the terminal); and (2)~the relevant information is
-recorded in the |name_field| of the |input_stack| only loosely
-synchronized with the |in_open| variable indexing |grp_stack|.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure group_warning;
-var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |grp_stack|}
-@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?}
-begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input;
- {store current state}
-i:=in_open; w:=false;
-while (grp_stack[i]=cur_boundary)and(i>0) do
- begin @<Set variable |w| to indicate if this case should be reported@>;
- grp_stack[i]:=save_index(save_ptr); decr(i);
- end;
-if w then
- begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_group(true);
-@.Warning: end of...@>
- print(" of a different file"); print_ln;
- if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
- if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ This code scans the input stack in order to determine the type of the
-current input file.
-
-@<Set variable |w| to...@>=
-if tracing_nesting>0 then
- begin while (input_stack[base_ptr].state_field=token_list)or@|
- (input_stack[base_ptr].index_field>i) do decr(base_ptr);
- if input_stack[base_ptr].name_field>17 then w:=true;
- end
-
-@ When a conditional ends that was apparently started in a different
-input file, the |if_warning| procedure is invoked in order to update the
-|if_stack|. If moreover \.{\\tracingnesting} is positive we want to
-give a warning message (with the same complications as above).
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure if_warning;
-var i:0..max_in_open; {index into |if_stack|}
-@!w:boolean; {do we need a warning?}
-begin base_ptr:=input_ptr; input_stack[base_ptr]:=cur_input;
- {store current state}
-i:=in_open; w:=false;
-while if_stack[i]=cond_ptr do
- begin @<Set variable |w| to...@>;
- if_stack[i]:=link(cond_ptr); decr(i);
- end;
-if w then
- begin print_nl("Warning: end of "); print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if);
-@.Warning: end of...@>
- print_if_line(if_line); print(" of a different file"); print_ln;
- if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
- if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ Conversely, the |file_warning| procedure is invoked when a file ends
-and some groups entered or conditionals started while reading from that
-file are still incomplete.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure file_warning;
-var p:pointer; {saved value of |save_ptr| or |cond_ptr|}
-@!l:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_level| or |if_limit|}
-@!c:quarterword; {saved value of |cur_group| or |cur_if|}
-@!i:integer; {saved value of |if_line|}
-begin p:=save_ptr; l:=cur_level; c:=cur_group; save_ptr:=cur_boundary;
-while grp_stack[in_open]<>save_ptr do
- begin decr(cur_level);
- print_nl("Warning: end of file when ");
-@.Warning: end of file when...@>
- print_group(true); print(" is incomplete");@/
- cur_group:=save_level(save_ptr); save_ptr:=save_index(save_ptr)
- end;
-save_ptr:=p; cur_level:=l; cur_group:=c; {restore old values}
-p:=cond_ptr; l:=if_limit; c:=cur_if; i:=if_line;
-while if_stack[in_open]<>cond_ptr do
- begin print_nl("Warning: end of file when ");
-@.Warning: end of file when...@>
- print_cmd_chr(if_test,cur_if);
- if if_limit=fi_code then print_esc("else");
- print_if_line(if_line); print(" is incomplete");@/
- if_line:=if_line_field(cond_ptr); cur_if:=subtype(cond_ptr);
- if_limit:=type(cond_ptr); cond_ptr:=link(cond_ptr);
- end;
-cond_ptr:=p; if_limit:=l; cur_if:=c; if_line:=i; {restore old values}
-print_ln;
-if tracing_nesting>1 then show_context;
-if history=spotless then history:=warning_issued;
-end;
-
-@ Here are the additional \eTeX\ primitives for expressions.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("numexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val);
-@!@:num_expr_}{\.{\\numexpr} primitive@>
-primitive("dimexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val);
-@!@:dim_expr_}{\.{\\dimexpr} primitive@>
-primitive("glueexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val);
-@!@:glue_expr_}{\.{\\glueexpr} primitive@>
-primitive("muexpr",last_item,eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val);
-@!@:mu_expr_}{\.{\\muexpr} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-eTeX_expr-int_val+int_val: print_esc("numexpr");
-eTeX_expr-int_val+dimen_val: print_esc("dimexpr");
-eTeX_expr-int_val+glue_val: print_esc("glueexpr");
-eTeX_expr-int_val+mu_val: print_esc("muexpr");
-
-@ This code for reducing |cur_val_level| and\slash or negating the
-result is similar to the one for all the other cases of
-|scan_something_internal|, with the difference that |scan_expr| has
-already increased the reference count of a glue specification.
-
-@<Process an expression and |return|@>=
-begin if m<eTeX_mu then
- begin case m of
- @/@<Cases for fetching a glue value@>@/
- end; {there are no other cases}
- cur_val_level:=glue_val;
- end
-else if m<eTeX_expr then
- begin case m of
- @/@<Cases for fetching a mu value@>@/
- end; {there are no other cases}
- cur_val_level:=mu_val;
- end
-else begin cur_val_level:=m-eTeX_expr+int_val; scan_expr;
- end;
-while cur_val_level>level do
- begin if cur_val_level=glue_val then
- begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=width(m); delete_glue_ref(m);
- end
- else if cur_val_level=mu_val then mu_error;
- decr(cur_val_level);
- end;
-if negative then
- if cur_val_level>=glue_val then
- begin m:=cur_val; cur_val:=new_spec(m); delete_glue_ref(m);
- @<Negate all three glue components of |cur_val|@>;
- end
- else negate(cur_val);
-return;
-end
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
-procedure@?scan_expr; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ The |scan_expr| procedure scans and evaluates an expression.
-
-@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>=
-@t\4@>@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>
-procedure scan_expr; {scans and evaluates an expression}
-label restart, continue, found;
-var a,@!b:boolean; {saved values of |arith_error|}
-@!l:small_number; {type of expression}
-@!r:small_number; {state of expression so far}
-@!s:small_number; {state of term so far}
-@!o:small_number; {next operation or type of next factor}
-@!e:integer; {expression so far}
-@!t:integer; {term so far}
-@!f:integer; {current factor}
-@!n:integer; {numerator of combined multiplication and division}
-@!p:pointer; {top of expression stack}
-@!q:pointer; {for stack manipulations}
-begin l:=cur_val_level; a:=arith_error; b:=false; p:=null;
-@<Scan and evaluate an expression |e| of type |l|@>;
-if b then
- begin print_err("Arithmetic overflow");
-@.Arithmetic overflow@>
- help2("I can't evaluate this expression,")@/
- ("since the result is out of range.");
- error;
- if l>=glue_val then
- begin delete_glue_ref(e); e:=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(e);
- end
- else e:=0;
- end;
-arith_error:=a; cur_val:=e; cur_val_level:=l;
-end;
-
-@ Evaluating an expression is a recursive process: When the left
-parenthesis of a subexpression is scanned we descend to the next level
-of recursion; the previous level is resumed with the matching right
-parenthesis.
-
-@d expr_none=0 {\.( seen, or \.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.) seen}
-@d expr_add=1 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.+ seen}
-@d expr_sub=2 {\.( $\langle\it expr\rangle$ \.- seen}
-@d expr_mult=3 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.* seen}
-@d expr_div=4 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \./ seen}
-@d expr_scale=5 {$\langle\it term\rangle$ \.*
- $\langle\it factor\rangle$ \./ seen}
-
-@<Scan and eval...@>=
-restart: r:=expr_none; e:=0; s:=expr_none; t:=0; n:=0;
-continue: if s=expr_none then o:=l@+else o:=int_val;
-@<Scan a factor |f| of type |o| or start a subexpression@>;
-found: @<Scan the next operator and set |o|@>;
-arith_error:=b;
-@<Make sure that |f| is in the proper range@>;
-case s of @<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>@;
-end; {there are no other cases}
-if o>expr_sub then s:=o@+else @<Evaluate the current expression@>;
-b:=arith_error;
-if o<>expr_none then goto continue;
-if p<>null then @<Pop the expression stack and |goto found|@>
-
-@ @<Scan the next op...@>=
-@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
-if cur_tok=other_token+"+" then o:=expr_add
-else if cur_tok=other_token+"-" then o:=expr_sub
-else if cur_tok=other_token+"*" then o:=expr_mult
-else if cur_tok=other_token+"/" then o:=expr_div
-else begin o:=expr_none;
- if p=null then
- begin if cur_cmd<>relax then back_input;
- end
- else if cur_tok<>other_token+")" then
- begin print_err("Missing ) inserted for expression");
-@.Missing ) inserted@>
- help1("I was expecting to see `+', `-', `*', `/', or `)'. Didn't.");
- back_error;
- end;
- end
-
-@ @<Scan a factor...@>=
-@<Get the next non-blank non-call token@>;
-if cur_tok=other_token+"(" then
- @<Push the expression stack and |goto restart|@>;
-back_input;
-if o=int_val then scan_int
-else if o=dimen_val then scan_normal_dimen
-else if o=glue_val then scan_normal_glue
-else scan_mu_glue;
-f:=cur_val
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
-procedure@?scan_normal_glue; forward;@t\2@>@/
-procedure@?scan_mu_glue; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ Here we declare to trivial procedures in order to avoid mutually
-recursive procedures with parameters.
-
-@<Declare procedures needed for expressions@>=
-procedure scan_normal_glue;
-begin scan_glue(glue_val);
-end;
-@#
-procedure scan_mu_glue;
-begin scan_glue(mu_val);
-end;
-
-@ Parenthesized subexpressions can be inside expressions, and this
-nesting has a stack. Seven local variables represent the top of the
-expression stack: |p| points to pushed-down entries, if any; |l|
-specifies the type of expression currently beeing evaluated; |e| is the
-expression so far and |r| is the state of its evaluation; |t| is the
-term so far and |s| is the state of its evaluation; finally |n| is the
-numerator for a combined multiplication and division, if any.
-
-@d expr_node_size=4 {number of words in stack entry for subexpressions}
-@d expr_e_field(#)==mem[#+1].int {saved expression so far}
-@d expr_t_field(#)==mem[#+2].int {saved term so far}
-@d expr_n_field(#)==mem[#+3].int {saved numerator}
-
-@<Push the expression...@>=
-begin q:=get_node(expr_node_size); link(q):=p; type(q):=l;
-subtype(q):=4*s+r;
-expr_e_field(q):=e; expr_t_field(q):=t; expr_n_field(q):=n;
-p:=q; l:=o; goto restart;
-end
-
-@ @<Pop the expression...@>=
-begin f:=e; q:=p;
-e:=expr_e_field(q); t:=expr_t_field(q); n:=expr_n_field(q);
-s:=subtype(q) div 4; r:=subtype(q) mod 4;
-l:=type(q); p:=link(q); free_node(q,expr_node_size);
-goto found;
-end
-
-@ We want to make sure that each term and (intermediate) result is in
-the proper range. Integer values must not exceed |infinity|
-($2^{31}-1$) in absolute value, dimensions must not exceed |max_dimen|
-($2^{30}-1$). We avoid the absolute value of an integer, because this
-might fail for the value $-2^{31}$ using 32-bit arithmetic.
-
-@d num_error(#)== {clear a number or dimension and set |arith_error|}
- begin arith_error:=true; #:=0;
- end
-@d glue_error(#)== {clear a glue spec and set |arith_error|}
- begin arith_error:=true; delete_glue_ref(#); #:=new_spec(zero_glue);
- end
-
-@<Make sure that |f|...@>=
-if (l=int_val)or(s>expr_sub) then
- begin if (f>infinity)or(f<-infinity) then num_error(f);
- end
-else if l=dimen_val then
- begin if abs(f)>max_dimen then num_error(f);
- end
-else begin if (abs(width(f))>max_dimen)or@|
- (abs(stretch(f))>max_dimen)or@|
- (abs(shrink(f))>max_dimen) then glue_error(f);
- end
-
-@ Applying the factor |f| to the partial term |t| (with the operator
-|s|) is delayed until the next operator |o| has been scanned. Here we
-handle the first factor of a partial term. A glue spec has to be copied
-unless the next operator is a right parenthesis; this allows us later on
-to simply modify the glue components.
-
-@d normalize_glue(#)==
- if stretch(#)=0 then stretch_order(#):=normal;
- if shrink(#)=0 then shrink_order(#):=normal
-
-@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
-expr_none: if (l>=glue_val)and(o<>expr_none) then
- begin t:=new_spec(f); delete_glue_ref(f); normalize_glue(t);
- end
- else t:=f;
-
-@ When a term |t| has been completed it is copied to, added to, or
-subtracted from the expression |e|.
-
-@d expr_add_sub(#)==add_or_sub(#,r=expr_sub)
-@d expr_a(#)==expr_add_sub(#,max_dimen)
-
-@<Evaluate the current expression@>=
-begin s:=expr_none;
-if r=expr_none then e:=t
-else if l=int_val then e:=expr_add_sub(e,t,infinity)
-else if l=dimen_val then e:=expr_a(e,t)
-else @<Compute the sum or difference of two glue specs@>;
-r:=o;
-end
-
-@ The function |add_or_sub(x,y,max_answer,negative)| computes the sum
-(for |negative=false|) or difference (for |negative=true|) of |x| and
-|y|, provided the absolute value of the result does not exceed
-|max_answer|.
-
-@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
-function add_or_sub(@!x,@!y,@!max_answer:integer;@!negative:boolean):integer;
-var a:integer; {the answer}
-begin if negative then negate(y);
-if x>=0 then
- if y<=max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a)
-else if y>=-max_answer-x then a:=x+y@+else num_error(a);
-add_or_sub:=a;
-end;
-
-@ We know that |stretch_order(e)>normal| implies |stretch(e)<>0| and
-|shrink_order(e)>normal| implies |shrink(e)<>0|.
-
-@<Compute the sum or diff...@>=
-begin width(e):=expr_a(width(e),width(t));
-if stretch_order(e)=stretch_order(t) then
- stretch(e):=expr_a(stretch(e),stretch(t))
-else if (stretch_order(e)<stretch_order(t))and(stretch(t)<>0) then
- begin stretch(e):=stretch(t); stretch_order(e):=stretch_order(t);
- end;
-if shrink_order(e)=shrink_order(t) then
- shrink(e):=expr_a(shrink(e),shrink(t))
-else if (shrink_order(e)<shrink_order(t))and(shrink(t)<>0) then
- begin shrink(e):=shrink(t); shrink_order(e):=shrink_order(t);
- end;
-delete_glue_ref(t); normalize_glue(e);
-end
-
-@ If a multiplication is followed by a division, the two operations are
-combined into a `scaling' operation. Otherwise the term |t| is
-multiplied by the factor |f|.
-
-@d expr_m(#)==#:=nx_plus_y(#,f,0)
-
-@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
-expr_mult: if o=expr_div then
- begin n:=f; o:=expr_scale;
- end
- else if l=int_val then t:=mult_integers(t,f)
- else if l=dimen_val then expr_m(t)
- else begin expr_m(width(t)); expr_m(stretch(t)); expr_m(shrink(t));
- end;
-
-@ Here we divide the term |t| by the factor |f|.
-
-@d expr_d(#)==#:=quotient(#,f)
-
-@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
-expr_div: if l<glue_val then expr_d(t)
- else begin expr_d(width(t)); expr_d(stretch(t)); expr_d(shrink(t));
- end;
-
-@ The function |quotient(n,d)| computes the rounded quotient
-$q=\lfloor n/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $n$ and $d$ are positive.
-
-@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
-function quotient(@!n,@!d:integer):integer;
-var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?}
-@!a:integer; {the answer}
-begin if d=0 then num_error(a)
-else begin if d>0 then negative:=false
- else begin negate(d); negative:=true;
- end;
- if n<0 then
- begin negate(n); negative:=not negative;
- end;
- a:=n div d; n:=n-a*d; d:=n-d; {avoid certain compiler optimizations!}
- if d+n>=0 then incr(a);
- if negative then negate(a);
- end;
-quotient:=a;
-end;
-
-@ Here the term |t| is multiplied by the quotient $n/f$.
-
-@d expr_s(#)==#:=fract(#,n,f,max_dimen)
-
-@<Cases for evaluation of the current term@>=
-expr_scale: if l=int_val then t:=fract(t,n,f,infinity)
- else if l=dimen_val then expr_s(t)
- else begin expr_s(width(t)); expr_s(stretch(t)); expr_s(shrink(t));
- end;
-
-@ Finally, the function |fract(x,n,d,max_answer)| computes the integer
-$q=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$, when $x$, $n$, and $d$ are positive
-and the result does not exceed |max_answer|. We can't use floating
-point arithmetic since the routine must produce identical results in all
-cases; and it would be too dangerous to multiply by~|n| and then divide
-by~|d|, in separate operations, since overflow might well occur. Hence
-this subroutine simulates double precision arithmetic, somewhat
-analogous to \MF's |make_fraction| and |take_fraction| routines.
-
-@d too_big=88 {go here when the result is too big}
-
-@<Declare subprocedures for |scan_expr|@>=
-function fract(@!x,@!n,@!d,@!max_answer:integer):integer;
-label found, found1, too_big, done;
-var negative:boolean; {should the answer be negated?}
-@!a:integer; {the answer}
-@!f:integer; {a proper fraction}
-@!h:integer; {smallest integer such that |2*h>=d|}
-@!r:integer; {intermediate remainder}
-@!t:integer; {temp variable}
-begin if d=0 then goto too_big;
-a:=0;
-if d>0 then negative:=false
-else begin negate(d); negative:=true;
- end;
-if x<0 then
- begin negate(x); negative:=not negative;
- end
-else if x=0 then goto done;
-if n<0 then
- begin negate(n); negative:=not negative;
- end;
-t:=n div d;
-if t>max_answer div x then goto too_big;
-a:=t*x; n:=n-t*d;
-if n=0 then goto found;
-t:=x div d;
-if t>(max_answer-a) div n then goto too_big;
-a:=a+t*n; x:=x-t*d;
-if x=0 then goto found;
-if x<n then
- begin t:=x; x:=n; n:=t;
- end; {now |0<n<=x<d|}
-@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>@;
-if f>(max_answer-a) then goto too_big;
-a:=a+f;
-found: if negative then negate(a);
-goto done;
-too_big: num_error(a);
-done: fract:=a;
-end;
-
-@ The loop here preserves the following invariant relations
-between |f|, |x|, |n|, and~|r|:
-(i)~$f+\lfloor(xn+(r+d))/d\rfloor=\lfloor x_0n_0/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$;
-(ii)~|-d<=r<0<n<=x<d|, where $x_0$, $n_0$ are the original values of~$x$
-and $n$.
-
-Notice that the computation specifies |(x-d)+x| instead of |(x+x)-d|,
-because the latter could overflow.
-
-@<Compute \(f)$f=\lfloor xn/d+{1\over2}\rfloor$@>=
-f:=0; r:=(d div 2)-d; h:=-r;
-loop@+begin if odd(n) then
- begin r:=r+x;
- if r>=0 then
- begin r:=r-d; incr(f);
- end;
- end;
- n:=n div 2;
- if n=0 then goto found1;
- if x<h then x:=x+x
- else begin t:=x-d; x:=t+x; f:=f+n;
- if x<n then
- begin if x=0 then goto found1;
- t:=x; x:=n; n:=t;
- end;
- end;
- end;
-found1:
-
-@ The \.{\\gluestretch}, \.{\\glueshrink}, \.{\\gluestretchorder}, and
-\.{\\glueshrinkorder} commands return the stretch and shrink components
-and their orders of ``infinity'' of a glue specification.
-
-@d glue_stretch_order_code=eTeX_int+6 {code for \.{\\gluestretchorder}}
-@d glue_shrink_order_code=eTeX_int+7 {code for \.{\\glueshrinkorder}}
-@d glue_stretch_code=eTeX_dim+7 {code for \.{\\gluestretch}}
-@d glue_shrink_code=eTeX_dim+8 {code for \.{\\glueshrink}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("gluestretchorder",last_item,glue_stretch_order_code);
-@!@:glue_stretch_order_}{\.{\\gluestretchorder} primitive@>
-primitive("glueshrinkorder",last_item,glue_shrink_order_code);
-@!@:glue_shrink_order_}{\.{\\glueshrinkorder} primitive@>
-primitive("gluestretch",last_item,glue_stretch_code);
-@!@:glue_stretch_}{\.{\\gluestretch} primitive@>
-primitive("glueshrink",last_item,glue_shrink_code);
-@!@:glue_shrink_}{\.{\\glueshrink} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-glue_stretch_order_code: print_esc("gluestretchorder");
-glue_shrink_order_code: print_esc("glueshrinkorder");
-glue_stretch_code: print_esc("gluestretch");
-glue_shrink_code: print_esc("glueshrink");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-glue_stretch_order_code, glue_shrink_order_code:
- begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val;
- if m=glue_stretch_order_code then cur_val:=stretch_order(q)
- else cur_val:=shrink_order(q);
- delete_glue_ref(q);
- end;
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching a dimension value@>=
-glue_stretch_code, glue_shrink_code:
- begin scan_normal_glue; q:=cur_val;
- if m=glue_stretch_code then cur_val:=stretch(q)
- else cur_val:=shrink(q);
- delete_glue_ref(q);
- end;
-
-@ The \.{\\mutoglue} and \.{\\gluetomu} commands convert ``math'' glue
-into normal glue and vice versa; they allow to manipulate math glue with
-\.{\\gluestretch} etc.
-
-@d mu_to_glue_code=eTeX_glue {code for \.{\\mutoglue}}
-@d glue_to_mu_code=eTeX_mu {code for \.{\\gluetomu}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("mutoglue",last_item,mu_to_glue_code);
-@!@:mu_to_glue_}{\.{\\mutoglue} primitive@>
-primitive("gluetomu",last_item,glue_to_mu_code);
-@!@:glue_to_mu_}{\.{\\gluetomu} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-mu_to_glue_code: print_esc("mutoglue");
-glue_to_mu_code: print_esc("gluetomu");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching a glue value@>=
-mu_to_glue_code: scan_mu_glue;
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching a mu value@>=
-glue_to_mu_code: scan_normal_glue;
-
-{ FIXME: next chapter is about sparse arrays; how does it cope with Omega? }
-
-@ \eTeX\ (in extended mode) supports 32768 (i.e., $2^{15}$) count,
-dimen, skip, muskip, box, and token registers. As in \TeX\ the first
-256 registers of each kind are realized as arrays in the table of
-equivalents; the additional registers are realized as tree structures
-built from variable-size nodes with individual registers existing only
-when needed. Default values are used for nonexistent registers: zero
-for count and dimen values, |zero_glue| for glue (skip and muskip)
-values, void for boxes, and |null| for token lists (and current marks
-discussed below).
-
-Similarly there are 32768 mark classes; the command \.{\\marks}|n|
-creates a mark node for a given mark class |0<=n<=32767| (where
-\.{\\marks0} is synonymous to \.{\\mark}). The page builder (actually
-the |fire_up| routine) and the |vsplit| routine maintain the current
-values of |top_mark|, |first_mark|, |bot_mark|, |split_first_mark|, and
-|split_bot_mark| for each mark class. They are accessed as
-\.{\\topmarks}|n| etc., and \.{\\topmarks0} is again synonymous to
-\.{\\topmark}. As in \TeX\ the five current marks for mark class zero
-are realized as |cur_mark| array. The additional current marks are
-again realized as tree structure with individual mark classes existing
-only when needed.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("marks",mark,marks_code);
-@!@:marks_}{\.{\\marks} primitive@>
-primitive("topmarks",top_bot_mark,top_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:top_marks_}{\.{\\topmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("firstmarks",top_bot_mark,first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:first_marks_}{\.{\\firstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("botmarks",top_bot_mark,bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:bot_marks_}{\.{\\botmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitfirstmarks",top_bot_mark,split_first_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_first_marks_}{\.{\\splitfirstmarks} primitive@>
-primitive("splitbotmarks",top_bot_mark,split_bot_mark_code+marks_code);
-@!@:split_bot_marks_}{\.{\\splitbotmarks} primitive@>
-
-@ The |scan_register_num| procedure scans a register number that must
-not exceed 255 in compatibility mode resp.\ 32767 in extended mode.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure@?scan_register_num; forward;@t\2@>
-
-@ @<Declare procedures that scan restricted classes of integers@>=
-procedure scan_register_num;
-begin scan_int;
-if (cur_val<0)or(cur_val>max_reg_num) then
- begin print_err("Bad register code");
-@.Bad register code@>
- help2(max_reg_help_line)("I changed this one to zero.");
- int_error(cur_val); cur_val:=0;
- end;
-end;
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ comp...@>=
-max_reg_num:=255;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 255.";
-
-@ @<Initialize variables for \eTeX\ ext...@>=
-max_reg_num:=32767;
-max_reg_help_line:="A register number must be between 0 and 32767.";
-
-@ @<Glob...@>=
-@!max_reg_num: halfword; {largest allowed register number}
-@!max_reg_help_line: str_number; {first line of help message}
-
-@ There are seven almost identical doubly linked trees, one for the
-sparse array of the up to 32512 additional registers of each kind and
-one for the sparse array of the up to 32767 additional mark classes.
-The root of each such tree, if it exists, is an index node containing 16
-pointers to subtrees for 4096 consecutive array elements. Similar index
-nodes are the starting points for all nonempty subtrees for 4096, 256,
-and 16 consecutive array elements. These four levels of index nodes are
-followed by a fifth level with nodes for the individual array elements.
-
-Each index node is nine words long. The pointers to the 16 possible
-subtrees or are kept in the |info| and |link| fields of the last eight
-words. (It would be both elegant and efficient to declare them as
-array, unfortunately \PASCAL\ doesn't allow this.)
-
-The fields in the first word of each index node and in the nodes for the
-array elements are closely related. The |link| field points to the next
-lower index node and the |sa_index| field contains four bits (one
-hexadecimal digit) of the register number or mark class. For the lowest
-index node the |link| field is |null| and the |sa_index| field indicates
-the type of quantity (|int_avl|, |dimen_val|, |glue_val|, |mu_val|,
-|box_val|, |tok_val|, or |mark_val|). The |sa_used| field in the index
-nodes counts how many of the 16 pointers are non-null.
-
-The |sa_index| field in the nodes for array elements contains the four
-bits plus 16 times the type. Therefore such a node represents a count
-or dimen register if and only if |sa_index<dimen_val_limit|; it
-represents a skip or muskip register if and only if
-|dimen_val_limit<=sa_index<mu_val_limit|; it represents a box register
-if and only if |mu_val_limit<=sa_index<box_val_limit|; it represents a
-token list register if and only if
-|box_val_limit<=sa_index<tok_val_limit|; finally it represents a mark
-class if and only if |tok_val_limit<=sa_index|.
-
-The |new_index| procedure creates an index node (returned in |cur_ptr|)
-having given contents of the |sa_index| and |link| fields.
-
-@d box_val==4 {the additional box registers}
-@d mark_val=6 {the additional mark classes}
-@#
-@d dimen_val_limit=@"20 {$2^4\cdot(|dimen_val|+1)$}
-@d mu_val_limit=@"40 {$2^4\cdot(|mu_val|+1)$}
-@d box_val_limit=@"50 {$2^4\cdot(|box_val|+1)$}
-@d tok_val_limit=@"60 {$2^4\cdot(|tok_val|+1)$}
-@#
-@d index_node_size=9 {size of an index node}
-@d sa_index==type {a four-bit address or a type or both}
-@d sa_used==subtype {count of non-null pointers}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure new_index(@!i:quarterword; @!q:pointer);
-var k:small_number; {loop index}
-begin cur_ptr:=get_node(index_node_size); sa_index(cur_ptr):=i;
-sa_used(cur_ptr):=0; link(cur_ptr):=q;
-for k:=1 to index_node_size-1 do {clear all 16 pointers}
- mem[cur_ptr+k]:=sa_null;
-end;
-
-@ The roots of the seven trees for the additional registers and mark
-classes are kept in the |sa_root| array. The first six locations must
-be dumped and undumped; the last one is also known as |sa_mark|.
-
-@d sa_mark==sa_root[mark_val] {root for mark classes}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_root:array[int_val..mark_val] of pointer; {roots of sparse arrays}
-@!cur_ptr:pointer; {value returned by |new_index| and |find_sa_element|}
-@!sa_null:memory_word; {two |null| pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_mark:=null; sa_null.hh.lh:=null; sa_null.hh.rh:=null;
-
-@ @<Initialize table...@>=
-for i:=int_val to tok_val do sa_root[i]:=null;
-
-@ Given a type |t| and a sixteen-bit number |n|, the |find_sa_element|
-procedure returns (in |cur_ptr|) a pointer to the node for the
-corresponding array element, or |null| when no such element exists. The
-third parameter |w| is set |true| if the element must exist, e.g.,
-because it is about to be modified. The procedure has two main
-branches: one follows the existing tree structure, the other (only used
-when |w| is |true|) creates the missing nodes.
-
-We use macros to extract the four-bit pieces from a sixteen-bit register
-number or mark class and to fetch or store one of the 16 pointers from
-an index node.
-
-@d if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(#)== {some tree element is missing}
- begin if cur_ptr=null then
- if w then goto #@+else return;
- end
-@#
-@d hex_dig1(#)==# div 4096 {the fourth lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig2(#)==(# div 256) mod 16 {the third lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig3(#)==(# div 16) mod 16 {the second lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@d hex_dig4(#)==# mod 16 {the lowest hexadecimal digit}
-@#
-@d get_sa_ptr==if odd(i) then cur_ptr:=link(q+(i div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(q+(i div 2)+1)
- {set |cur_ptr| to the pointer indexed by |i| from index node |q|}
-@d put_sa_ptr(#)==if odd(i) then link(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- else info(q+(i div 2)+1):=#
- {store the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d add_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(cur_ptr); incr(sa_used(q));
- end {add |cur_ptr| as the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-@d delete_sa_ptr==begin put_sa_ptr(null); decr(sa_used(q));
- end {delete the pointer indexed by |i| in index node |q|}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for ex...@>=
-procedure find_sa_element(@!t:small_number;@!n:halfword;@!w:boolean);
- {sets |cur_val| to sparse array element location or |null|}
-label not_found,not_found1,not_found2,not_found3,not_found4,exit;
-var q:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin cur_ptr:=sa_root[t];
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found1);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found2);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if_cur_ptr_is_null_then_return_or_goto(not_found3);@/
-q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n); get_sa_ptr;
-if (cur_ptr=null)and w then goto not_found4;
-return;
-not_found: new_index(t,null); {create first level index node}
-sa_root[t]:=cur_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig1(n);
-not_found1: new_index(i,q); {create second level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig2(n);
-not_found2: new_index(i,q); {create third level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig3(n);
-not_found3: new_index(i,q); {create fourth level index node}
-add_sa_ptr; q:=cur_ptr; i:=hex_dig4(n);
-not_found4: @<Create a new array element of type |t| with index |i|@>;
-link(cur_ptr):=q; add_sa_ptr;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The array elements for registers are subject to grouping and have an
-|sa_lev| field (quite analogous to |eq_level|) instead of |sa_used|.
-Since saved values as well as shorthand definitions (created by e.g.,
-\.{\\countdef}) refer to the location of the respective array element,
-we need a reference count that is kept in the |sa_ref| field. An array
-element can be deleted (together with all references to it) when its
-|sa_ref| value is |null| and its value is the default value.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-Skip, muskip, box, and token registers use two word nodes, their values
-are stored in the |sa_ptr| field.
-Count and dimen registers use three word nodes, their
-values are stored in the |sa_int| resp.\ |sa_dim| field in the third
-word; the |sa_ptr| field is used under the name |sa_num| to store
-the register number. Mark classes use four word nodes. The last three
-words contain the five types of current marks
-
-@d sa_lev==sa_used {grouping level for the current value}
-@d pointer_node_size=2 {size of an element with a pointer value}
-@d sa_type(#)==(sa_index(#) div 16) {type part of combined type/index}
-@d sa_ref(#)==info(#+1) {reference count of a sparse array element}
-@d sa_ptr(#)==link(#+1) {a pointer value}
-@#
-@d word_node_size=3 {size of an element with a word value}
-@d sa_num==sa_ptr {the register number}
-@d sa_int(#)==mem[#+2].int {an integer}
-@d sa_dim(#)==mem[#+2].sc {a dimension (a somewhat esotheric distinction)}
-@#
-@d mark_class_node_size=4 {size of an element for a mark class}
-@#
-@d fetch_box(#)== {fetch |box(cur_val)|}
- if cur_val<256 then #:=box(cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then #:=null@+else #:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
-
-@<Create a new array element...@>=
-if t=mark_val then {a mark class}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(mark_class_node_size);
- mem[cur_ptr+1]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+2]:=sa_null; mem[cur_ptr+3]:=sa_null;
- end
-else begin if t<=dimen_val then {a count or dimen register}
- begin cur_ptr:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(cur_ptr):=0;
- sa_num(cur_ptr):=n;
- end
- else begin cur_ptr:=get_node(pointer_node_size);
- if t<=mu_val then {a skip or muskip register}
- begin sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=zero_glue; add_glue_ref(zero_glue);
- end
- else sa_ptr(cur_ptr):=null; {a box or token list register}
- end;
- sa_ref(cur_ptr):=null; {all registers have a reference count}
- end;
-sa_index(cur_ptr):=16*t+i; sa_lev(cur_ptr):=level_one
-
-@ The |delete_sa_ref| procedure is called when a pointer to an array
-element representing a register is being removed; this means that the
-reference count should be decreased by one. If the reduced reference
-count is |null| and the register has been (globally) assigned its
-default value the array element should disappear, possibly together with
-some index nodes. This procedure will never be used for mark class
-nodes.
-@^reference counts@>
-
-@d add_sa_ref(#)==incr(sa_ref(#)) {increase reference count}
-@#
-@d change_box(#)== {change |box(cur_val)|, the |eq_level| stays the same}
- if cur_val<256 then set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,#)@+else set_sa_box(#)
-@#
-
-{ FIXME: needs debugging (sparse arrays) }
-@d set_sa_box(#)==begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr<>0 then
- begin
- set_equiv(sa_ptr(cur_ptr),#);
- add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- delete_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure delete_sa_ref(@!q:pointer); {reduce reference count}
-label exit;
-var p:pointer; {for list manipulations}
-@!i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-@!s:small_number; {size of a node}
-begin decr(sa_ref(q));
-if sa_ref(q)<>null then return;
-if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_int(q)=0 then s:=word_node_size
- else return
-else begin if sa_index(q)<mu_val_limit then
- if sa_ptr(q)=zero_glue then delete_glue_ref(zero_glue)
- else return
- else if sa_ptr(q)<>null then return;
- s:=pointer_node_size;
- end;
-repeat i:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); p:=q; q:=link(p); free_node(p,s);
-if q=null then {the whole tree has been freed}
- begin sa_root[i]:=null; return;
- end;
-delete_sa_ptr; s:=index_node_size; {node |q| is an index node}
-until sa_used(q)>0;
-exit:end;
-
-@ The |print_sa_num| procedure prints the register number corresponding
-to an array element.
-
-@<Basic print...@>=
-procedure print_sa_num(@!q:pointer); {print register number}
-var @!n:halfword; {the register number}
-begin if sa_index(q)<dimen_val_limit then n:=sa_num(q) {the easy case}
-else begin n:=hex_dig4(sa_index(q)); q:=link(q); n:=n+16*sa_index(q);
- q:=link(q); n:=n+256*(sa_index(q)+16*sa_index(link(q)));
- end;
-print_int(n);
-end;
-
-@ Here is a procedure that displays the contents of an array element
-symbolically. It is used under similar circumstances as is
-|restore_trace| (together with |show_eqtb|) for the quantities kept in
-the |eqtb| array.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-@!stat procedure show_sa(@!p:pointer;@!s:str_number);
-var t:small_number; {the type of element}
-begin begin_diagnostic; print_char("{"); print(s); print_char(" ");
-if p=null then print_char("?") {this can't happen}
-else begin t:=sa_type(p);
- if t<box_val then print_cmd_chr(register,p)
- else if t=box_val then
- begin print_esc("box"); print_sa_num(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then print_cmd_chr(toks_register,p)
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- print_char("=");
- if t=int_val then print_int(sa_int(p))
- else if t=dimen_val then
- begin print_scaled(sa_dim(p)); print("pt");
- end
- else begin p:=sa_ptr(p);
- if t=glue_val then print_spec(p,"pt")
- else if t=mu_val then print_spec(p,"mu")
- else if t=box_val then
- if p=null then print("void")
- else begin depth_threshold:=0; breadth_max:=1; show_node_list(p);
- end
- else if t=tok_val then
- begin if p<>null then show_token_list(link(p),null,32);
- end
- else print_char("?"); {this can't happen either}
- end;
- end;
-print_char("}"); end_diagnostic(false);
-end;
-tats
-
-@ Here we compute the pointer to the current mark of type |t| and mark
-class |cur_val|.
-
-@<Compute the mark pointer...@>=
-begin find_sa_element(mark_val,cur_val,false);
-if cur_ptr<>null then
- if odd(t) then cur_ptr:=link(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1)
- else cur_ptr:=info(cur_ptr+(t div 2)+1);
-end
-
-@ The current marks for all mark classes are maintained by the |vsplit|
-and |fire_up| routines and are finally destroyed (for \.{INITEX} only)
-@.INITEX@>
-by the |final_cleanup| routine. Apart from updating the current marks
-when mark nodes are encountered, these routines perform certain actions
-on all existing mark classes. The recursive |do_marks| procedure walks
-through the whole tree or a subtree of existing mark class nodes and
-preforms certain actions indicted by its first parameter |a|, the action
-code. The second parameter |l| indicates the level of recursion (at
-most four); the third parameter points to a nonempty tree or subtree.
-The result is |true| if the complete tree or subtree has been deleted.
-
-@d vsplit_init==0 {action code for |vsplit| initialization}
-@d fire_up_init==1 {action code for |fire_up| initialization}
-@d fire_up_done==2 {action code for |fire_up| completion}
-@d destroy_marks==3 {action code for |final_cleanup|}
-@#
-@d sa_top_mark(#)==info(#+1) {\.{\\topmarks}|n|}
-@d sa_first_mark(#)==link(#+1) {\.{\\firstmarks}|n|}
-@d sa_bot_mark(#)==info(#+2) {\.{\\botmarks}|n|}
-@d sa_split_first_mark(#)==link(#+2) {\.{\\splitfirstmarks}|n|}
-@d sa_split_bot_mark(#)==info(#+3) {\.{\\splitbotmarks}|n|}
-
-@<Declare the function called |do_marks|@>=
-function do_marks(@!a,@!l:small_number;@!q:pointer):boolean;
-var i:small_number; {a four bit index}
-begin if l<4 then {|q| is an index node}
- begin for i:=0 to 15 do
- begin get_sa_ptr;
- if cur_ptr<>null then if do_marks(a,l+1,cur_ptr) then delete_sa_ptr;
- end;
- if sa_used(q)=0 then
- begin free_node(q,index_node_size); q:=null;
- end;
- end
-else {|q| is the node for a mark class}
- begin case a of
- @<Cases for |do_marks|@>@;
- end; {there are no other cases}
- if sa_bot_mark(q)=null then if sa_split_bot_mark(q)=null then
- begin free_node(q,mark_class_node_size); q:=null;
- end;
- end;
-do_marks:=(q=null);
-end;
-
-@ At the start of the |vsplit| routine the existing |split_fist_mark|
-and |split_bot_mark| are discarded.
-
-@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
-vsplit_init: if sa_split_first_mark(q)<>null then
- begin delete_token_ref(sa_split_first_mark(q)); sa_split_first_mark(q):=null;
- delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(q)); sa_split_bot_mark(q):=null;
- end;
-
-@ We use again the fact that |split_first_mark=null| if and only if
-|split_bot_mark=null|.
-
-@<Update the current marks for |vsplit|@>=
-begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true);
-if sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then
- begin sa_split_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
- add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
- end
-else delete_token_ref(sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr));
-sa_split_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
-add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
-end
-
-@ At the start of the |fire_up| routine the old |top_mark| and
-|first_mark| are discarded, whereas the old |bot_mark| becomes the new
-|top_mark|. An empty new |top_mark| token list is, however, discarded
-as well in order that mark class nodes can eventually be released. We
-use again the fact that |bot_mark<>null| implies |first_mark<>null|; it
-also knows that |bot_mark=null| implies |top_mark=first_mark=null|.
-
-@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
-fire_up_init: if sa_bot_mark(q)<>null then
- begin if sa_top_mark(q)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q));
- delete_token_ref(sa_first_mark(q)); sa_first_mark(q):=null;
- if link(sa_bot_mark(q))=null then {an empty token list}
- begin delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q)); sa_bot_mark(q):=null;
- end
- else add_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(q));
- sa_top_mark(q):=sa_bot_mark(q);
- end;
-
-@ @<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
-fire_up_done: if (sa_top_mark(q)<>null)and(sa_first_mark(q)=null) then
- begin sa_first_mark(q):=sa_top_mark(q); add_token_ref(sa_top_mark(q));
- end;
-
-@ @<Update the current marks for |fire_up|@>=
-begin find_sa_element(mark_val,mark_class(p),true);
-if sa_first_mark(cur_ptr)=null then
- begin sa_first_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p);
- add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
- end;
-if sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr)<>null then delete_token_ref(sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr));
-sa_bot_mark(cur_ptr):=mark_ptr(p); add_token_ref(mark_ptr(p));
-end
-
-@ Here we use the fact that the five current mark pointers in a mark
-class node occupy the same locations as the first five pointers of
-an index node. For systems using a run-time switch to distinguish
-between \.{VIRTEX} and \.{INITEX}, the codewords `$|init|\ldots|tini|$'
-surrounding the following piece of code should be removed.
-@.INITEX@>
-@^system dependencies@>
-
-@<Cases for |do_marks|@>=
-@!init destroy_marks: for i:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
- begin get_sa_ptr;
- if cur_ptr<>null then
- begin delete_token_ref(cur_ptr); put_sa_ptr(null);
- end;
- end;
-tini
-
-@ The command code |register| is used for `\.{\\count}', `\.{\\dimen}',
-etc., as well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
-`\.{\\countdef}', etc.
-
-@<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-begin if (chr_code<mem_bot)or(chr_code>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- cmd:=sa_type(chr_code)
-else begin cmd:=chr_code-mem_bot; chr_code:=null;
- end;
-if cmd=int_val then print_esc("count")
-else if cmd=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
-else if cmd=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
-else print_esc("muskip");
-if chr_code<>null then print_sa_num(chr_code);
-end
-
-@ Similarly the command code |toks_register| is used for `\.{\\toks}' as
-well as for references to sparse array elements defined by
-`\.{\\toksdef}'.
-
-@<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-begin print_esc("toks");
-if chr_code<>mem_bot then print_sa_num(chr_code);
-end
-
-@ When a shorthand definition for an element of one of the sparse arrays
-is destroyed, we must reduce the reference count.
-
-@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>=
-toks_register,register:
- if (equiv_field(w)<mem_bot)or(equiv_field(w)>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- delete_sa_ref(equiv_field(w));
-
-@ The task to maintain (change, save, and restore) register values is
-essentially the same when the register is realized as sparse array
-element or entry in |eqtb|. The global variable |sa_chain| is the head
-of a linked list of entries saved at the topmost level |sa_level|; the
-lists for lowel levels are kept in special save stack entries.
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!sa_chain: pointer; {chain of saved sparse array entries}
-@!sa_level: quarterword; {group level for |sa_chain|}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=level_zero;
-
-@ The individual saved items are kept in pointer or word nodes similar
-to those used for the array elements: a word node with value zero is,
-however, saved as pointer node with the otherwise impossible |sa_index|
-value |tok_val_limit|.
-
-@d sa_loc==sa_ref {location of saved item}
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_save(@!p:pointer); {saves value of |p|}
-var q:pointer; {the new save node}
-@!i:quarterword; {index field of node}
-begin if cur_level<>sa_level then
- begin check_full_save_stack; save_type(save_ptr):=restore_sa;
- save_level(save_ptr):=sa_level; save_index(save_ptr):=sa_chain;
- incr(save_ptr); sa_chain:=null; sa_level:=cur_level;
- end;
-i:=sa_index(p);
-if i<dimen_val_limit then
- begin if sa_int(p)=0 then
- begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); i:=tok_val_limit;
- end
- else begin q:=get_node(word_node_size); sa_int(q):=sa_int(p);
- end;
- sa_ptr(q):=null;
- end
-else begin q:=get_node(pointer_node_size); sa_ptr(q):=sa_ptr(p);
- end;
-sa_loc(q):=p; sa_index(q):=i; sa_lev(q):=sa_lev(p);
-link(q):=sa_chain; sa_chain:=q; add_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_destroy(@!p:pointer); {destroy value of |p|}
-begin if sa_index(p)<mu_val_limit then delete_glue_ref(sa_ptr(p))
-else if sa_ptr(p)<>null then
- if sa_index(p)<box_val_limit then flush_node_list(sa_ptr(p))
- else delete_token_ref(sa_ptr(p));
-end;
-
-@ The procedure |sa_def| assigns a new value to sparse array elements,
-and saves the former value if appropriate. This procedure is used only
-for skip, muskip, box, and token list registers. The counterpart of
-|sa_def| for count and dimen registers is called |sa_w_def|.
-
-@d sa_define(#)==if e then
- if global then gsa_def(#)@+else sa_def(#)
- else define
-@#
-@d sa_def_box== {assign |cur_box| to |box(cur_val)|}
- begin find_sa_element(box_val,cur_val,true);
- if global then gsa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box)@+else sa_def(cur_ptr,cur_box);
- end
-@#
-@d sa_word_define(#)==if e then
- if global then gsa_w_def(#)@+else sa_w_def(#)
- else word_define(#)
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword);
- {new data for sparse array elements}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-if sa_ptr(p)=e then
- begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
- sa_destroy(p);
- end
-else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
- if sa_lev(p)=cur_level then sa_destroy(p)@+else sa_save(p);
- sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_ptr(p):=e;
- @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-@#
-procedure sa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer);
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-if sa_int(p)=w then
- begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"reassigning");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"changing");@+tats@;@/
- if sa_lev(p)<>cur_level then sa_save(p);
- sa_lev(p):=cur_level; sa_int(p):=w;
- @!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ The |sa_def| and |sa_w_def| routines take care of local definitions.
-@^global definitions@>
-Global definitions are done in almost the same way, but there is no need
-to save old values, and the new value is associated with |level_one|.
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure gsa_def(@!p:pointer;@!e:halfword); {global |sa_def|}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
-sa_destroy(p); sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_ptr(p):=e;
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-@#
-procedure gsa_w_def(@!p:pointer;@!w:integer); {global |sa_w_def|}
-begin add_sa_ref(p);
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"globally changing");@+tats@;@/
-sa_lev(p):=level_one; sa_int(p):=w;
-@!stat if tracing_assigns>0 then show_sa(p,"into");@+tats@;@/
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-end;
-
-@ The |sa_restore| procedure restores the sparse array entries pointed
-at by |sa_chain|
-
-@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tr...@>=
-procedure sa_restore;
-var p:pointer; {sparse array element}
-begin repeat p:=sa_loc(sa_chain);
-if sa_lev(p)=level_one then
- begin if sa_index(p)>=dimen_val_limit then sa_destroy(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"retaining");@+tats@;@/
- end
-else begin if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then
- if sa_index(sa_chain)<dimen_val_limit then sa_int(p):=sa_int(sa_chain)
- else sa_int(p):=0
- else begin sa_destroy(p); sa_ptr(p):=sa_ptr(sa_chain);
- end;
- sa_lev(p):=sa_lev(sa_chain);
- @!stat if tracing_restores>0 then show_sa(p,"restoring");@+tats@;@/
- end;
-delete_sa_ref(p);
-p:=sa_chain; sa_chain:=link(p);
-if sa_index(p)<dimen_val_limit then free_node(p,word_node_size)
-else free_node(p,pointer_node_size);
-until sa_chain=null;
-end;
-
-{FIXME: |last_line_fit| might be incompatible with Omega}
-
-@ When the value of |last_line_fit| is positive, the last line of a
-(partial) paragraph is treated in a special way and we need additional
-fields in the active nodes.
-
-@d active_node_size_extended=5 {number of words in extended active nodes}
-@d active_short(#)==mem[#+3].sc {|shortfall| of this line}
-@d active_glue(#)==mem[#+4].sc {corresponding glue stretch or shrink}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!last_line_fill:pointer; {the |par_fill_skip| glue node of the new paragraph}
-@!do_last_line_fit:boolean; {special algorithm for last line of paragraph?}
-@!active_node_size:small_number; {number of words in active nodes}
-@!fill_width:array[0..2] of scaled; {infinite stretch components of
- |par_fill_skip|}
-@!best_pl_short:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {|shortfall|
- corresponding to |minimal_demerits|}
-@!best_pl_glue:array[very_loose_fit..tight_fit] of scaled; {corresponding
- glue stretch or shrink}
-
-@ The new algorithm for the last line requires that the stretchability
-|par_fill_skip| is infinite and the stretchability of |left_skip| plus
-|right_skip| is finite.
-
-@<Check for special...@>=
-do_last_line_fit:=false; active_node_size:=active_node_size_normal;
- {just in case}
-if last_line_fit>0 then
- begin q:=glue_ptr(last_line_fill);
- if (stretch(q)>0)and(stretch_order(q)>normal) then
- if (background[3]=0)and(background[4]=0)and(background[5]=0) then
- begin do_last_line_fit:=true;
- active_node_size:=active_node_size_extended;
- fill_width[0]:=0; fill_width[1]:=0; fill_width[2]:=0;
- fill_width[stretch_order(q)-1]:=stretch(q);
- end;
- end
-
-@ @<Other local variables for |try_break|@>=
-@!g:scaled; {glue stretch or shrink of test line, adjustment for last line}
-
-@ Here we initialize the additional fields of the first active node
-representing the beginning of the paragraph.
-
-@<Initialize additional fields of the first active node@>=
-begin active_short(q):=0; active_glue(q):=0;
-end
-
-@ Here we compute the adjustment |g| and badness |b| for a line from |r|
-to the end of the paragraph. When any of the criteria for adjustment is
-violated we fall through to the normal algorithm.
-
-The last line must be too short, and have infinite stretch entirely due
-to |par_fill_skip|.
-
-@<Perform computations for last line and |goto found|@>=
-begin if (active_short(r)=0)or(active_glue(r)<=0) then goto not_found;
- {previous line was neither stretched nor shrunk, or was infinitely bad}
-if (cur_active_width[3]<>fill_width[0])or@|
- (cur_active_width[4]<>fill_width[1])or@|
- (cur_active_width[5]<>fill_width[2]) then goto not_found;
- {infinite stretch of this line not entirely due to |par_fill_skip|}
-if active_short(r)>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2]
-else g:=cur_active_width[6];
-if g<=0 then goto not_found; {no finite stretch resp.\ no shrink}
-arith_error:=false; g:=fract(g,active_short(r),active_glue(r),max_dimen);
-if last_line_fit<1000 then g:=fract(g,last_line_fit,1000,max_dimen);
-if arith_error then
- if active_short(r)>0 then g:=max_dimen@+else g:=-max_dimen;
-if g>0 then
- @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for stretching,
- compute the corresponding |fit_class, and |goto found||@>
-else if g<0 then
- @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shrinking,
- compute the corresponding |fit_class, and |goto found||@>;
-not_found:end
-
-@ These badness computations are rather similar to those of the standard
-algorithm, with the adjustment amount |g| replacing the |shortfall|.
-
-@<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for str...@>=
-begin if g>shortfall then g:=shortfall;
-if g>7230584 then if cur_active_width[2]<1663497 then
- begin b:=inf_bad; fit_class:=very_loose_fit; goto found;
- end;
-b:=badness(g,cur_active_width[2]);
-if b>12 then
- if b>99 then fit_class:=very_loose_fit
- else fit_class:=loose_fit
-else fit_class:=decent_fit;
-goto found;
-end
-
-@ @<Set the value of |b| to the badness of the last line for shr...@>=
-begin if -g>cur_active_width[6] then g:=-cur_active_width[6];
-b:=badness(-g,cur_active_width[6]);
-if b>12 then fit_class:=tight_fit@+else fit_class:=decent_fit;
-goto found;
-end
-
-@ Vanishing values of |shortfall| and |g| indicate that the last line is
-not adjusted.
-
-@<Adjust \(t)the additional data for last line@>=
-begin if cur_p=null then shortfall:=0;
-if shortfall>0 then g:=cur_active_width[2]
-else if shortfall<0 then g:=cur_active_width[6]
-else g:=0;
-end
-
-@ For each feasible break we record the shortfall and glue stretch or
-shrink (or adjustment).
-
-@<Store \(a)additional data for this feasible break@>=
-begin best_pl_short[fit_class]:=shortfall; best_pl_glue[fit_class]:=g;
-end
-
-@ Here we save these data in the active node representing a potential
-line break.
-
-@<Store \(a)additional data in the new active node@>=
-begin active_short(q):=best_pl_short[fit_class];
-active_glue(q):=best_pl_glue[fit_class];
-end
-
-@ @<Print additional data in the new active node@>=
-begin print(" s="); print_scaled(active_short(q));
-if cur_p=null then print(" a=")@+else print(" g=");
-print_scaled(active_glue(q));
-end
-
-@ Here we either reset |do_last_line_fit| or adjust the |par_fill_skip|
-glue.
-
-@<Adjust \(t)the final line of the paragraph@>=
-if active_short(best_bet)=0 then do_last_line_fit:=false
-else begin q:=new_spec(glue_ptr(last_line_fill));
- delete_glue_ref(glue_ptr(last_line_fill));
- width(q):=width(q)+active_short(best_bet)-active_glue(best_bet);
- stretch(q):=0; glue_ptr(last_line_fill):=q;
- end
-
-@ When reading \.{\\patterns} while \.{\\savinghyphcodes} is positive
-the current |lc_code| values are stored together with the hyphenation
-patterns for the current language. They will later be used instead of
-the |lc_code| values for hyphenation purposes.
-
-The |lc_code| values are stored in the linked trie analogous to patterns
-$p_1$ of length~1, with |hyph_root=trie_r[0]| replacing |trie_root| and
-|lc_code(p_1)| replacing the |trie_op| code. This allows to compress
-and pack them together with the patterns with minimal changes to the
-existing code.
-
-@d hyph_root==trie_r[0] {root of the linked trie for |hyph_codes|}
-
-@<Initialize table entries...@>=
-hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0;
-
-@ @<Store hyphenation codes for current language@>=
-begin c:=cur_lang; first_child:=false; p:=0;
-repeat q:=p; p:=trie_r[q];
-until (p=0)or(c<=so(trie_c[p]));
-if (p=0)or(c<so(trie_c[p])) then
- @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and
- make |p| point to it@>;
-q:=p; {now node |q| represents |cur_lang|}
-@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>;
-end
-
-@ We store all nonzero |lc_code| values, overwriting any previously
-stored values (and possibly wasting a few trie nodes that were used
-previously and are not needed now). We always store at least one
-|lc_code| value such that |hyph_index| (defined below) will not be zero.
-
-@<Store all current |lc_code| values@>=
-p:=trie_l[q]; first_child:=true;
-for c:=0 to 255 do
- if (lc_code(c)>0)or((c=255)and first_child) then
- begin if p=0 then
- @<Insert a new trie node between |q| and |p|, and
- make |p| point to it@>
- else trie_c[p]:=si(c);
- trie_o[p]:=qi(lc_code(c));
- q:=p; p:=trie_r[q]; first_child:=false;
- end;
-if first_child then trie_l[q]:=0@+else trie_r[q]:=0
-
-@ We must avoid to ``take'' location~1, in order to distinguish between
-|lc_code| values and patterns.
-
-@<Pack all stored |hyph_codes|@>=
-begin if trie_root=0 then for p:=0 to 255 do trie_min[p]:=p+2;
-first_fit(hyph_root); trie_pack(hyph_root);
-hyph_start:=trie_ref[hyph_root];
-end
-
-@ The global variable |hyph_index| will point to the hyphenation codes
-for the current language.
-
-@d set_hyph_index== {set |hyph_index| for current language}
- if trie_char(hyph_start+cur_lang)<>qi(cur_lang)
- then hyph_index:=0 {no hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|}
- else hyph_index:=trie_link(hyph_start+cur_lang)
-@#
-@d set_lc_code(#)== {set |hc[0]| to hyphenation or lc code for |#|}
- if hyph_index=0 then hc[0]:=lc_code(#)
- else if trie_char(hyph_index+#)<>qi(#) then hc[0]:=0
- else hc[0]:=qo(trie_op(hyph_index+#))
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!hyph_start:trie_pointer; {root of the packed trie for |hyph_codes|}
-@!hyph_index:trie_pointer; {pointer to hyphenation codes for |cur_lang|}
-
-@ When |saving_vdiscards| is positive then the glue, kern, and penalty
-nodes removed by the page builder or by \.{\\vsplit} from the top of a
-vertical list are saved in special lists instead of being discarded.
-
-@d tail_page_disc==disc_ptr[copy_code] {last item removed by page builder}
-@d page_disc==disc_ptr[last_box_code] {first item removed by page builder}
-@d split_disc==disc_ptr[vsplit_code] {first item removed by \.{\\vsplit}}
-
-@<Glob...@>=
-@!disc_ptr:array[copy_code..vsplit_code] of pointer; {list pointers}
-
-@ @<Set init...@>=
-page_disc:=null; split_disc:=null;
-
-@ The \.{\\pagediscards} and \.{\\splitdiscards} commands share the
-command code |un_vbox| with \.{\\unvbox} and \.{\\unvcopy}, they are
-distinguished by their |chr_code| values |last_box_code| and
-|vsplit_code|. These |chr_code| values are larger than |box_code| and
-|copy_code|.
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("pagediscards",un_vbox,last_box_code);@/
-@!@:page_discards_}{\.{\\pagediscards} primitive@>
-primitive("splitdiscards",un_vbox,vsplit_code);@/
-@!@:split_discards_}{\.{\\splitdiscards} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |un_vbox| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-else if chr_code=last_box_code then print_esc("pagediscards")
-else if chr_code=vsplit_code then print_esc("splitdiscards")
-
-@ @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>=
-begin link(tail):=disc_ptr[cur_chr]; disc_ptr[cur_chr]:=null;
-goto done;
-end
-
-@ The \.{\\interlinepenalties}, \.{\\clubpenalties}, \.{\\widowpenalties},
-and \.{\\displaywidowpenalties} commands allow to define arrays of
-penalty values to be used instead of the corresponding single values.
-
-@d inter_line_penalties_ptr==equiv(inter_line_penalties_loc)
-@d club_penalties_ptr==equiv(club_penalties_loc)
-@d widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(widow_penalties_loc)
-@d display_widow_penalties_ptr==equiv(display_widow_penalties_loc)
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("interlinepenalties",set_shape,inter_line_penalties_loc);@/
-@!@:inter_line_penalties_}{\.{\\interlinepenalties} primitive@>
-primitive("clubpenalties",set_shape,club_penalties_loc);@/
-@!@:club_penalties_}{\.{\\clubpenalties} primitive@>
-primitive("widowpenalties",set_shape,widow_penalties_loc);@/
-@!@:widow_penalties_}{\.{\\widowpenalties} primitive@>
-primitive("displaywidowpenalties",set_shape,display_widow_penalties_loc);@/
-@!@:display_widow_penalties_}{\.{\\displaywidowpenalties} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |set_shape| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-inter_line_penalties_loc: print_esc("interlinepenalties");
-club_penalties_loc: print_esc("clubpenalties");
-widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("widowpenalties");
-display_widow_penalties_loc: print_esc("displaywidowpenalties");
-
-@ @<Fetch a penalties array element@>=
-begin scan_int;
-if (equiv(m)=null)or(cur_val<0) then cur_val:=0
-else begin if cur_val>penalty(equiv(m)) then cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m));
- cur_val:=penalty(equiv(m)+cur_val);
- end;
-end
-
-@* \[54] System-dependent changes.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 3637cc2ed62..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eocprt.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-@x
-wterm_ln('Copyright (c) 1994--2000 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous');
-@y
-wterm_ln('Copyright (c) 2002 the e-Omega task force');
-@z
-@x
-print_nl("Copyright (c) 1994--2000 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous");
-@y
-print_nl("Copyright (c) 2002 the e-Omega task force");
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index f2ce7917a57..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoeqtb.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-% This changefile gets rid of all the remaining eqtb references
-% and fixes other similar issues
-% (hopefully ...)
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then
-@y
-begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-% eomega.web line 29099
-@x
-@d eTeX_state(#)==eqtb[eTeX_state_base+#].int {an \eTeX\ state variable}
-@y
-@d eTeX_state(#)==new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+#) {an \eTeX\ state variable}
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-@d eTeX_revision_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
-@y
-@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
-@z
-
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 08dcccefa47..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eoext.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,114 +0,0 @@
-% vim ft=ch
-% Dealing with extended formats
-% and changing the last Omega references to e-Omega
-@x
-@<Read the other strings from the \.{OMEGA.POOL} file and return |true|,
-@y
-@<Read the other strings from the \.{EOMEGA.POOL} file and return |true|,
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-else bad_pool('! I can''t read OMEGA.POOL.')
-@.I can't read OMEGA.POOL@>
-
-@ @<Read one string...@>=
-begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL has no check sum.');
-@.OMEGA.POOL has no check sum@>
-read(pool_file,m,n); {read two digits of string length}
-if m='*' then @<Check the pool check sum@>
-else begin if (m<"0")or(m>"9")or@|
- (n<"0")or(n>"9") then
- bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL line doesn''t begin with two digits.');
-@.OMEGA.POOL line doesn't...@>
-@y
-else bad_pool('! I can''t read EOMEGA.POOL.')
-@.I can't read EOMEGA.POOL@>
-
-@ @<Read one string...@>=
-begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL has no check sum.');
-@.EOMEGA.POOL has no check sum@>
-read(pool_file,m,n); {read two digits of string length}
-if m='*' then @<Check the pool check sum@>
-else begin if (m<"0")or(m>"9")or@|
- (n<"0")or(n>"9") then
- bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL line doesn''t begin with two digits.');
-@.EOMEGA.POOL line doesn't...@>
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL check sum doesn''t have nine digits.');
-@.OMEGA.POOL check sum...@>
- a:=10*a+n-"0";
- if k=9 then goto done;
- incr(k); read(pool_file,n);
- end;
-done: if a<>@$ then bad_pool('! OMEGA.POOL doesn''t match; OTANGLE me again.');
-@.OMEGA.POOL doesn't match@>
-@y
- bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL check sum doesn''t have nine digits.');
-@.EOMEGA.POOL check sum...@>
- a:=10*a+n-"0";
- if k=9 then goto done;
- incr(k); read(pool_file,n);
- end;
-done: if a<>@$ then bad_pool('! EOMEGA.POOL doesn''t match; OTANGLE me again.');
-@.EOMEGA.POOL doesn't match@>
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-print_err("Omega capacity exceeded, sorry [");
-@y
-print_err("e-Omega capacity exceeded, sorry [");
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- print("Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15, ");
-@y
- print("e-Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1, ");
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- print_err("Patterns can be loaded only by INIOMEGA");
-@y
- print_err("Patterns can be loaded only by INIEOMEGA");
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-format_ident:=" (INIOMEGA)";
-@y
-format_ident:=" (INIEOMEGA)";
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- print_nl("(\dump is performed only by INIOMEGA)"); return;
-@:dump_}{\.{\\dump...only by INIOMEGA}@>
-@y
- print_nl("(\dump is performed only by INIEOMEGA)"); return;
-@:dump_}{\.{\\dump...only by INIEOMEGA}@>
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then
-@y
-@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INIEOMEGA)") then
-@z
-%%% The following lines would let e-Omega start in enhanced mode
-% %----------------------------------------
-% @x
-% incr(loc); eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode}
-% @y
-% if (buffer[loc]="*") then incr(loc);
-% eTeX_mode:=1; {enter extended mode}
-% @z
-% %----------------------------------------
-% @x
-% eTeX_mode:=0; {initially we are in compatibility mode}
-% @y
-% eTeX_mode:=1; {initially we are in extended mode}
-% @z
-% %----------------------------------------
-% @x
-% for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements}
-% @y
-% for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,1); {enable all enhancements}
-% @z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 693f1a8bcea..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-%----------------------------------------
-% Fix some compilation quirks
-% l. 4780
-@x
- if local_par_bool then begin end {tail_append(local_par)}
-@y
- if local_par_bool then begin end {|tail_append(local_par)|}
-@z
-% l. 8515
-@x
- if (type(tail)<>math_node)or(subtype(tail)<>end_M_code) then
-@y
- if (type(tail)<>math_node) then
-@z
-% l.28263
-@x
-pack_direction:=-1;
-{
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,55380984); {29.7cm}
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,39158276); {21cm}
-}
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,15961652); {for talk}
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,23718717); {for talk}
-@y
-pack_direction:=-1;
-
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,55380984); {29.7cm}
-set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,39158276); {21cm}
-{
-| set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_height_code,15961652); | {for talk}
-| set_new_eqtb_sc(dimen_base+page_width_code,23718717); | {for talk}
-}
-@z
-% l. 28336
-@x
-primitive("pagewidth",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_width_code);@/
-{
-primitive("pagerightoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_right_offset_code);@/
-primitive("pagebottomoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_bottom_offset_code);@/
-}
-@y
-primitive("pagewidth",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_width_code);@/
-{
-|primitive("pagerightoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_right_offset_code);|
-|primitive("pagebottomoffset",assign_dimen,dimen_base+page_bottom_offset_code);|
-}
-@z
-@x
-
-@d decr(#)==#:=#-1
-
-@y
-
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 72de2a419cc..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofix2.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-% vim:ft=change
-% This changefile fixes some minor bugs in (e-)Omega
-
-@x l.4290 -- max words = 8 (required by local_par_node)
-@p function copy_node_list(@!p:pointer):pointer; {makes a duplicate of the
- node list that starts at |p| and returns a pointer to the new list}
-var h:pointer; {temporary head of copied list}
-@!q:pointer; {previous position in new list}
-@!r:pointer; {current node being fabricated for new list}
-@!words:0..5; {number of words remaining to be copied}
-@y
-@p function copy_node_list(@!p:pointer):pointer; {makes a duplicate of the
- node list that starts at |p| and returns a pointer to the new list}
-var h:pointer; {temporary head of copied list}
-@!q:pointer; {previous position in new list}
-@!r:pointer; {current node being fabricated for new list}
-@!words:0..8; {number of words remaining to be copied}
-@z
-% ----------------------------------------
-@x remove l.18956 -- 18994 and reference to new_hsize
-function get_natural_width(first_ptr:pointer):scaled;
-label reswitch, common_ending, exit;
-var
-@!p:pointer;
-@!x:scaled; {height, depth, and natural width}
-@!g:pointer; {points to a glue specification}
-@!f:internal_font_number; {the font in a |char_node|}
-@!i:four_quarters; {font information about a |char_node|}
-begin
-x:=0;
-p:=first_ptr;
-while p<>null do begin
- while is_char_node(p) do begin
- f:=font(p); i:=char_info(f)(character(p));
- x:=x+char_width(f)(i);
- p:=link(p);
- end;
- if p<>null then
- begin case type(p) of
- hlist_node,vlist_node,rule_node,unset_node:
- x:=x+width(p);
- ins_node,mark_node,adjust_node: do_nothing;
- whatsit_node: do_nothing;
- glue_node: begin
- g:=glue_ptr(p); x:=x+width(g);
- end;
- kern_node,math_node: x:=x+width(p);
- ligature_node: begin
- f:=font(p); i:=char_info(f)(character(lig_char(p)));
- x:=x+char_width(f)(i);
- end;
- othercases do_nothing
- endcases;
- p:=link(p);
- end;
- end;
-get_natural_width:=x;
-end;
-
-procedure line_break(@!d:boolean);
-label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,done5,continue;
-var new_hsize: scaled;
-@<Local variables for line breaking@>@;
-@y
-procedure line_break(@!d:boolean);
-label done,done1,done2,done3,done4,done5,continue;
-var @<Local variables for line breaking@>@;
-@z
-% ----------------------------------------
-@x remove remaining refs to new_hsize (l.19726 etc)
-@ We compute the values of |easy_line| and the other local variables relating
-to line length when the |line_break| procedure is initializing itself.
-
-@<Get ready to start...@>=
-new_hsize := get_natural_width(link(temp_head)) div 7;
-if new_hsize>hsize then new_hsize:=hsize;
-if new_hsize<(hsize div 4) then new_hsize:=(hsize div 4);
-new_hsize := hsize;
-if par_shape_ptr=null then
- if hang_indent=0 then
- begin last_special_line:=0; second_width:=new_hsize;
- second_indent:=0;
- end
- else @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>
-else begin last_special_line:=info(par_shape_ptr)-1;
- second_width:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*(last_special_line+1)].sc;
- second_indent:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*last_special_line+1].sc;
- end;
-if looseness=0 then easy_line:=last_special_line
-else easy_line:=max_halfword
-
-@ @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>=
-begin last_special_line:=abs(hang_after);
-if hang_after<0 then
- begin first_width:=new_hsize-abs(hang_indent);
- if hang_indent>=0 then first_indent:=hang_indent
- else first_indent:=0;
- second_width:=new_hsize; second_indent:=0;
- end
-else begin first_width:=new_hsize; first_indent:=0;
- second_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent);
- if hang_indent>=0 then second_indent:=hang_indent
- else second_indent:=0;
- end;
-end
-@y
-@ We compute the values of |easy_line| and the other local variables relating
-to line length when the |line_break| procedure is initializing itself.
-
-@<Get ready to start...@>=
-if par_shape_ptr=null then
- if hang_indent=0 then
- begin last_special_line:=0; second_width:=hsize;
- second_indent:=0;
- end
- else @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>
-else begin last_special_line:=info(par_shape_ptr)-1;
- second_width:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*(last_special_line+1)].sc;
- second_indent:=mem[par_shape_ptr+2*last_special_line+1].sc;
- end;
-if looseness=0 then easy_line:=last_special_line
-else easy_line:=max_halfword
-
-@ @<Set line length parameters in preparation for hanging indentation@>=
-begin last_special_line:=abs(hang_after);
-if hang_after<0 then
- begin first_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent);
- if hang_indent>=0 then first_indent:=hang_indent
- else first_indent:=0;
- second_width:=hsize; second_indent:=0;
- end
-else begin first_width:=hsize; first_indent:=0;
- second_width:=hsize-abs(hang_indent);
- if hang_indent>=0 then second_indent:=hang_indent
- else second_indent:=0;
- end;
-end
-@z
-% ----------------------------------------
-@x l.28441 -- Correct wrong node size
-dir_node: begin r:=get_node(dir_node_size);
- words:=small_node_size;
- end;
-@y
-dir_node: begin r:=get_node(dir_node_size);
- words:=dir_node_size;
- end;
-@z
-% ----------------------------------------
-
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e05742388e..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eofmt.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-% XOMEGA.WEB l.428
-@x
-@!pool_name='TeXformats:OMEGA.POOL ';
-@y
-@!pool_name='TeXformats:EOMEGA.POOL ';
-@z
-% XOMEGA.WEB l.10746
-@x
-is `\.{.fmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX.
-@y
-is `\.{.eofmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% XOMEGA.WEB l.10909
-@x
-@d format_default_length=20 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string}
-@y
-@d format_default_length=22 {length of the |TEX_format_default| string}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% XOMEGA.WEB l.10911
-@x
-@d format_ext_length=4 {length of its `\.{.fmt}' part}
-@d format_extension=".fmt" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant}
-@y
-@d format_ext_length=6 {length of its `\.{.xfmt}' part}
-@d format_extension=".eofmt" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-% XOMEGA.WEB l.10918
-@x
-TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.fmt';
-@y
-TEX_format_default:='TeXformats:plain.eofmt';
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines
deleted file mode 100644
index e8cf7f8fdc2..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.defines
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-{ omega.defines: Web declarations of Omega
-
-This file is part of Omega,
-which is based on the web2c distribution of TeX,
-
-Copyright (c) 1994--2001 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous
-
-Omega is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-Omega is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Omega; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-}
-
-@define function newinputln ();
-@define function getfilemode ();
-@define function newinputline ();
-@define function neweqtb ();
-@define function neweqtbint ();
-@define function neweqtbsc ();
-@define function newequiv ();
-@define function newequiv1 ();
-@define function neweqlevel ();
-@define function neweqtype ();
-
-@define function newhashnext ();
-@define function newhashtext ();
-@define function newxeqlevel ();
-
-@define procedure odateandtime ();
-@define procedure allocatefonttable ();
-@define procedure dumpfonttable ();
-@define procedure undumpfonttable ();
-@define procedure allocatefontsorttable ();
-@define procedure dumpfontsorttable ();
-@define procedure undumpfontsorttable ();
-@define procedure allocateocptable ();
-@define procedure dumpocptable ();
-@define procedure undumpocptable ();
-@define procedure initeqtbtable;
-@define procedure dumpeqtbtable;
-@define procedure undumpeqtbtable;
-@define procedure setneweqtb ();
-@define procedure setneweqtbint ();
-@define procedure setneweqtbsc ();
-@define procedure setequiv ();
-@define procedure setequiv1 ();
-@define procedure seteqtype ();
-@define procedure seteqlevel ();
-@define procedure btestin ;
-@define procedure runexternalocp ();
-@define procedure changeomegafilename ();
-
-@define procedure sethashnext ();
-@define procedure sethashtext ();
-@define procedure setintzero ();
-@define procedure setintone ();
-
-@define var fonttables;
-@define var fontsorttables;
-@define var ocptables;
-
-@define var ocptemp;
-
-{ end of omega.defines }
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech
deleted file mode 100644
index 33f6c4577ce..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.ech
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-% This is `tex.ech' in text format as of Jan 14, 1998,
-% for web2c-7.0 and e-TeX Version 2.0;eNov23 as of Nov 25, 1997,
-% made by B. Raichle and P. Breitenlohner.
-% Copyright (C) 1994,97 by the NTS team; all rights are reserved.
-
-%
-@x [...] l.10746
-is `\.{.fmt}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX.
-@y
-is `\.{.eoft}' on the format files written by \.{INITEX} to initialize \TeX.
-@z
-
-%
-@x [...] l.10911
-@d format_ext_length=4 {length of its `\.{.oft}' part}
-@d format_extension=".oft" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant}
-@y
-@d format_ext_length=5 {length of its `\.{.eoft}' part}
-@d format_extension=".eoft" {the extension, as a \.{WEB} constant}
-@z
-
-@x [51.1332] l.24203 (ca.) texarray
- xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open);
-@y
- xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (eof_seen, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (grp_stack, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (if_stack, max_in_open);
-@z
-
-@x [51.1337] l.24371 (ca.) texarray
- trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=si(0); trie_ptr:=0;
-@y
- trie_root:=0; trie_c[0]:=si(0); trie_ptr:=0;
- hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0;
-@z
-
-@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray
-@!eof_seen : array[1..max_in_open] of boolean; {has eof been seen?}
-@y
-@!eof_seen : ^boolean; {has eof been seen?}
-@z
-
-@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray
-@!grp_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|}
-@!if_stack : array[0..max_in_open] of pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|}
-@y
-@!grp_stack : ^save_pointer; {initial |cur_boundary|}
-@!if_stack : ^pointer; {initial |cond_ptr|}
-@z
-
-@x [53a.???] l.??? texarray
-hyph_root:=0; hyph_start:=0;
-@y
-@z
-
-% @x [54/web2c.???] l.??? needed earlier
-% replacement, but always existing character |font_bc[f]|.
-% @^inner loop@>
-%
-% @<Declare additional functions for ML\TeX@>=
-% function effective_char(@!err_p:boolean;
-% @y
-% replacement, but always existing character |font_bc[f]|.
-% @^inner loop@>
-%
-% @<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for sc...@>=
-% function effective_char(@!err_p:boolean;
-% @z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak
deleted file mode 100644
index 923eca7bce0..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mak
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,193 +0,0 @@
-################################################################################
-#
-# Makefile : Omega, web2c win32.mak makefile fragment to build Omega
-# Author : Fabrice Popineau <Fabrice.Popineau@supelec.fr>
-# Platform : Win32, Microsoft VC++ 6.0, depends upon fpTeX 0.5 sources
-# Time-stamp: <04/03/20 16:43:02 popineau>
-#
-################################################################################
-
-# e-Omega itself.
-
-# We build eomega
-eomega = $(objdir)\eomega.exe
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-eomega = $(eomega) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.dll
-!endif
-
-# The C sources.
-eomega_c = eomega.c
-eomega_o = $(objdir)\eomega.obj $(objdir)\eomegafirst.obj $(objdir)\eomegabis.obj
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-
-omegadir = .\omegadir-1.15
-eomegadir = .\eomegadir
-
-#
-# e-Omega is build without the xml support
-# so we can't reuse omega.web and omega.ch
-# we need to build stripped down versions
-#
-eomega_files = \
-# $(omegadir)\omnode.ch \
- $(omegadir)\om16bit.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omstr.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omfont.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omchar.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omfi.ch \
- $(omegadir)\ompar.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omocp.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omfilter.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omtrans.ch \
- $(omegadir)\omdir.ch \
-# $(omegadir)\omxml.ch # We don't want this one, really, do we?
- $(eomegadir)\eocprt.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eobase.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eomem-rc1.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eo16bit-rc1.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eofix.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eofix2.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eoeqtb.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eonewdir-rc1.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\eover-rc1.ch
-
-eomega_changefiles = \
- $(eomegadir)\omega.ch0 \
-# $(omegadir)\comnode.ch \
- $(omegadir)\com16bit.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comstr.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comfont.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comchar.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comfi.ch \
- $(omegadir)\compar.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comocp.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comfilter.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comtrans.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comdir.ch \
-# $(omegadir)\comxml.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comsrcspec.ch \
- $(omegadir)\comw32.ch \
- $(eomegadir)\omega.ch1 \
- $(eomegadir)\eomega.ech \
- $(eomegadir)\omega.ch2
-
-# Linking
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-$(ojbdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.exp: $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib: $(eomega_o)
- $(archive) /DEF $(eomega_o)
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.dll: $(eomega_o) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.exp $(objdir)\eomega.res $(omegalibsdep) $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link_dll) $(**) $(conlibs)
-
-$(objdir)\eomega.exe: $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)eomega.lib $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketslib) $(conlibs)
-!else
-$(objdir)\eomega.exe: $(eomega_o) $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketlibs) $(conlibs)
-!endif
-
-# The C files
-$(eomega_c) eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h: eomega.p $(web2c_texmf)
- $(web2c) eomega
-# Additional C files, just copy them.
-eomegafirst.c: omegadir\omega.c
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omega.c $@
-eomegabis.c: omegadir\omegabis.c
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegabis.c $@
-eomegamem.h: omegadir\omegamem.h
- -$(del) $@
- $(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegamem.h $@
-
-# The Pascal file
-eomega.p eomega.pool: $(objdir)\otangle.exe eomega.web eomega.ch
- $(objdir)\otangle eomega.web eomega.ch
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-eomega.web: $(objdir)\tie.exe tex.web $(eomega_files)
- $(objdir)\tie.exe -m $@ tex.web $(eomega_files)
-
-eomega.ch: $(objdir)\tie.exe eomega.web $(eomega_changefiles)
- $(objdir)\tie.exe -c $@ eomega.web $(eomega_changefiles)
-
-# Check: right now all we do is build the format.
-check: eomega-check
-eomega-check: eomega eomega.eoft
-# Cleaning up from building omega
-clean:: eomega-clean
-eomega-clean:
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(eomega_c) eomegaextra.c eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h \
- eomegafirst.c eomegabis.c eomegamem.h \
- eomega.p eomega.pool eomega.web eomega.ch) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-#
-# Dumps.
-# all_eofmts = eomega.eoft $(eofmts)
-#
-# dumps: eofmts
-# eofmts: $(all_eofmts)
-#
-# eomega.eoft: $(eomega)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=eomega files="omega.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\eomega --ini --progname=eomega --jobname=eomega "\\input omega.tex \\dump" < nul
-#
-# elambda.eoft: $(eomega)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=elambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\eomega --ini --progname=elambda --progname=elambda --jobname=elambda "\\input lambda.tex" < nul
-
-
-#
-# Installation.
-install-eomega: install-eomega-exec install-eomega-data
-install-eomega-exec: install-eomega-links
-# install-eomega-data: install-eomega-dumps
-install-eomega-dumps: install-eomega-fmts
-
-# The actual binary executables and pool files.
-install-programs: install-eomega-programs
-install-eomega-programs: $(eomega) $(bindir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%p in ($(eomega)) do copy %%p $(bindir) $(redir_stdout) \
- )
-
-install-links: install-eomega-links
-install-eomega-links: install-eomega-programs
-# -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
-# pushd $(bindir) & \
-# $(del) inieomega.exe vireomega.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe .\inieomega.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe .\vireomega.exe & \
-# popd \
-# ) $(redir_stdout)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(eofmts)"=="" \
- for %%i in ($(eofmts)) do \
- pushd $(bindir) & \
- $(del) .\%%~ni.exe & \
- $(lnexe) .\eomega.exe $(bindir)\%%~ni.exe & \
- popd \
- ) $(redir_stdout)
-
-install-fmts: install-eomega-fmts
-install-eomega-fmts: eofmts $(fmtdir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(eofmts)"=="" \
- for %%f in ($(eofmts)) do $(copy) %%f $(fmtdir)\%%f $(redir_stdout) \
- ) $(redir_stdout)
-
-# Auxiliary files.
-install-data:: install-eomega-data
-install-eomega-data: $(texpooldir)
- @$(copy) eomega.pool $(texpooldir)\eomega.pool $(redir_stdout)
-
-# end of eomega.mak
-#
-# Local variables:
-# page-delimiter: "^# \f"
-# mode: Makefile
-# End:
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 47a0c7a4f26..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomega.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile fragment for Omega and web2c. --infovore@xs4all.nl. Public domain.
-# This fragment contains the parts of the makefile that are most likely to
-# differ between releases of Omega.
-
-eomegadir = eomegadir
-omegadir = omegadir-1.15
-
-Makefile: $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk
-
-# e-Omega itself.
-
-# We build eomega
-eomega =@EOMEGA@ eomega
-
-# The C sources.
-eomega_c = eomegaini.c eomega0.c eomega1.c eomega2.c eomega3.c
-eomega_o = eomegaini.o eomega0.o eomega1.o eomega2.o \
- eomegaextra.o eomega.o eomegabis.o \
- eomega3.o
-
-# Linking
-eomega: $(eomega_o)
- $(kpathsea_link) $(eomega_o) $(socketlibs) $(LOADLIBES)
-
-# The C files
-$(eomega_c) eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h: eomega.p $(web2c_texmf)
- $(web2c) eomega
-eomegaextra.c: lib/texmfmp.c
- sed s/TEX-OR-MF-OR-MP/eomega/ $(srcdir)/lib/texmfmp.c >$@
-# Additional C files, just copy them.
-eomega.c: $(omegadir)/omega.c
- -rm -f $@
- cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omega.c $@
-eomegabis.c: $(omegadir)/omegabis.c
- -rm -f $@
- cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omegabis.c $@
-eomegamem.h: $(omegadir)/omegamem.h
- -rm -f $@
- cp $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omegamem.h $@
-
-# The Pascal file
-eomega.p eomega.pool: otangle eomega.web eomega.ch
- ./otangle eomega.web eomega.ch
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-eomega.web: tie tex.web $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/om16bit.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omstr.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfont.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omchar.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfi.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/ompar.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omocp.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omfilter.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omtrans.ch
-eomega.web: $(omegadir)/omdir.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eocprt.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eobase.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eomem-rc1.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eo16bit-rc1.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eofix.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eofix2.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eoeqtb.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eonewdir-rc1.ch
-eomega.web: $(eomegadir)/eover-rc1.ch
- ./tie -m eomega.web $(srcdir)/tex.web \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/om16bit.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omstr.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfont.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omchar.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfi.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/ompar.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omocp.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omfilter.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omtrans.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/omdir.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eocprt.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eobase.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eomem-rc1.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eo16bit-rc1.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eofix.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eofix2.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eoeqtb.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eonewdir-rc1.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eover-rc1.ch
-eomega.ch: tie eomega.web $(eomegadir)/eomega.mk
-eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch0
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/com16bit.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comstr.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfont.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comchar.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfi.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/compar.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comocp.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comfilter.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comtrans.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comdir.ch
-eomega.ch: $(omegadir)/comsrcspec.ch
-eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch1
-eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/eomega.ech
-eomega.ch: $(eomegadir)/omega.ch2
- ./tie -c eomega.ch eomega.web \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch0 \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/com16bit.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comstr.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfont.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comchar.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfi.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/compar.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comocp.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comfilter.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comtrans.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comdir.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(omegadir)/comsrcspec.ch \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch1 \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/eomega.ech \
- $(srcdir)/$(eomegadir)/omega.ch2
-# Check: right now all we do is build the format.
-check: eomega-check
-eomega-check: eomega eomega.eoft
-# Cleaning up from building omega
-clean:: eomega-clean
-eomega-clean:
- $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) eomega
- rm -f $(eomega_c) eomegaextra.c eomegacoerce.h eomegad.h
- rm -f eomega.c eomegabis.c eomegamem.h
- rm -f eomega.p eomega.pool eomega.web eomega.ch
-
-
-# Dumps.
-all_eofmts =@FMU@ eomega.eoft $(eofmts)
-
-dumps: eofmts
-eofmts: $(all_eofmts)
-
-eomega.eoft: eomega
- $(dumpenv) $(MAKE) progname=eomega files="omega.tex" prereq-check
- $(dumpenv) ./eomega --ini --progname=eomega --jobname=eomega \\input omega.tex \\dump </dev/null
-
-elambda.eoft: eomega
- $(dumpenv) $(MAKE) progname=elambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check
- $(dumpenv) ./eomega --ini --progname=elambda --progname=elambda --jobname=elambda \\input lambda.tex </dev/null
-
-
-
-# Installation.
-install-eomega: install-eomega-exec install-eomega-data
-install-eomega-exec: install-eomega-links
-install-eomega-data:: install-eomega-dumps
-install-eomega-dumps: install-eomega-fmts
-
-# The actual binary executables and pool files.
-install-programs: install-eomega-programs
-install-eomega-programs: $(eomega) $(bindir)
- for p in eomega; do $(INSTALL_LIBTOOL_PROG) $$p $(bindir); done
-
-install-links: install-eomega-links
-install-eomega-links: install-eomega-programs
- @FMU@cd $(bindir) && (rm -f inieomega vireomega; \
- @FMU@ $(LN) eomega inieomega; $(LN) eomega vireomega)
- eofmts="$(eofmts)";
- for f in $$eofmts; do base=`basename $$f .eoft`; \
- (cd $(bindir) && (rm -f $$base; $(LN) eomega $$base)); done
-
-install-fmts: install-eomega-fmts
-install-eomega-fmts: eofmts $(fmtdir)
- eofmts="$(all_eofmts)";
- for f in $$eofmts; do $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(fmtdir)/$$f; done
-
-# Auxiliary files.
-install-data install-eomega-data:: $(texpooldir)
-@EOMEGA@ $(INSTALL_DATA) eomega.pool $(texpooldir)/eomega.pool
-
-# end of omega.mk
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 342283ae759..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomegaextra.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-/* eomegaextra.h: banner etc. for Omega.
-
- This is included by Omega, from ../omegaextra.c
- (generated from ../lib/texmfmp.c).
-
-This file is part of Omega,
-which is based on the web2c distribution of TeX,
-
-Copyright (c) 1994--2001 John Plaice and Yannis Haralambous
-
-Omega is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-Omega is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with Omega; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-*/
-
-#define BANNER "This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1"
-#define COPYRIGHT_HOLDER "the e-Omega task force"
-#define AUTHOR NULL
-#define PROGRAM_HELP EOMEGAHELP
-#define DUMP_VAR TEXformatdefault
-#define DUMP_LENGTH_VAR formatdefaultlength
-#define DUMP_OPTION "eoft"
-#define DUMP_EXT ".eoft"
-#define INPUT_FORMAT kpse_tex_format
-#define INI_PROGRAM "inieomega"
-#define VIR_PROGRAM "vireomega"
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 6bba75066b1..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc1.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,321 +0,0 @@
-% vim ft=ch
-% This file is part of the e-Omega project
-% Purpouse of this file: adapting e-TeX to Omega memory management
-% Most registers are reverted to the Omega model. The only exception
-% is markings.
-%---------------------------------------
- @x eobase.ch l.672
-begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then
- @y
-begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then
- @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.1071
- if m=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m)
- else cur_val:=equiv(m);
- cur_val_level:=tok_val;
-@y
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
- scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.1220
-begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m);
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m);
- end
-else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0
- else cur_val:=zero_glue
- else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
- else
- case cur_val_level of
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-case m of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x
- end;
-@y
-cur_val_level:=m;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.1420
- if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1;
-@y
- if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,1);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- tracing_online:=old_setting;
-@y
- set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,old_setting);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2309
-begin if box_context<global_box_flag then
- begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0;
- end
-else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4;
- end;
-if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box)
-else sa_def_box;
-end
-@y
-if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then
- eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2328
-@!n:halfword; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q);
-@y
-@!n:eight_bits; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val));
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2359
-begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val;
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2422
-begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
-c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
-@y
-begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
-c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2431
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-change_box(null);
-@y
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2698
- othercases begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|}
- if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|}
- find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register;
- define(p,j,cur_ptr);
- end
- else
-@y
- othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2726
- e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true);
- cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else e:=true;
- p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@y
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2746
- begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies}
-@y
- begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2754
- sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref);
-@y
- define(p,call,def_ref);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2770
-if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then
- begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then q:=null
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr)
- else q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end
-@y
-begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
-if cur_cmd=assign_toks then
- begin q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end;
-end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2792
-@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?}
-@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|}
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
-@y
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2802
-if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@y
-if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2809
-if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true;
- end
-else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else
-@y
-p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2823
- end;
-end;
-found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l);
-else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l)
-@y
-end;
-found:
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2832
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w;
-@y
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2838
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s;
-@y
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2847
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val)
-else begin r:=new_spec(s);
-@y
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
-else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2859
-set_box: begin scan_register_num;
- if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n)
-@y
-set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int;
- if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2883
-@!b:pointer; {box register}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@y
-@!b:eight_bits; {box number}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x [49] m.1296 l.23637 - e-TeX sparse arrays
-begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p);
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if box(cur_val)=null then print("void")
-else show_box(box(cur_val));
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2979
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]);
-@y
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2986
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do
- undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]);
-@y
-@z
-@x l. 3132
-for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements}
-@y
-for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements}
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index c531d831006..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eomem-rc2.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,498 +0,0 @@
-% vim ft=ch
-% This file is part of the e-Omega project
-% Purpouse of this file: adapting e-TeX to Omega memory management
-% Most registers are reverted to the Omega model. The only exception
-% is markings.
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.571
-primitive("toks",toks_register,mem_bot);@/
-@y
-primitive("toks",toks_register,0);@/
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.615
-toks_register: @<Cases of |toks_register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@y
-toks_register: print_esc("toks");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.628
-interpreted in one of five ways:
-@y
-interpreted in one of four ways:
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.634
-the entries for that group.
-Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the
-source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered.
-
-\yskip\hang 5) If |save_type(p)=restore_sa|, then |sa_chain| points to a
-chain of sparse array entries to be restored at the end of the current
-group. Furthermore |save_index(p)| and |save_level(p)| should replace
-the values of |sa_chain| and |sa_level| respectively.
-@y
-the entries for that group.
-Furthermore, in extended \eTeX\ mode, |save_stack[p-1]| contains the
-source line number at which the current level of grouping was entered.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.647
-@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
-@d restore_sa=4 {|save_type| when sparse array entries should be restored}
-
-@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@>
-@y
-@d level_boundary=3 {|save_type| corresponding to beginning of group}
-
-@p@t\4@>@<Declare \eTeX\ procedures for tracing and input@>
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
- @x eobase.ch l.672
-begin if eTeX_ex and(eqtb[p].int=w) then
- @y
-begin if eTeX_ex and(new_eqtb_int(p)=w) then
- @z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.686
-@/@<Cases for |eq_destroy|@>@/
-othercases do_nothing
-@y
-othercases do_nothing
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.774
- else if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_sa then
- begin sa_restore; sa_chain:=p; sa_level:=save_level(save_ptr);
- end
- else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
-@y
- else begin if save_type(save_ptr)=restore_old_value then
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.1065
-|glue_val|, or |mu_val| more than |mem_bot| (dynamic variable-size nodes
-cannot have these values)
-@y
-|glue_val|, or |mu_val|.
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.1072
-primitive("count",register,mem_bot+int_val);
-@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
-primitive("dimen",register,mem_bot+dimen_val);
-@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
-primitive("skip",register,mem_bot+glue_val);
-@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
-primitive("muskip",register,mem_bot+mu_val);
-@y
-primitive("count",register,int_val);
-@!@:count_}{\.{\\count} primitive@>
-primitive("dimen",register,dimen_val);
-@!@:dimen_}{\.{\\dimen} primitive@>
-primitive("skip",register,glue_val);
-@!@:skip_}{\.{\\skip} primitive@>
-primitive("muskip",register,mu_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.1090
-register: @<Cases of |register| for |print_cmd_chr|@>;
-@y
-register: if chr_code=int_val then print_esc("count")
- else if chr_code=dimen_val then print_esc("dimen")
- else if chr_code=glue_val then print_esc("skip")
- else print_esc("muskip");
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.1114
- if m=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then cur_val:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then cur_val:=null
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m)
- else cur_val:=equiv(m);
- cur_val_level:=tok_val;
-@y
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; m:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
- scanned_result(equiv(m))(tok_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.1173
-begin
- scan_register_num;
- fetch_box(q);
- if q=null then cur_val:=0 @+else
- cur_val:=mem[q+m].sc;
-@y
-begin
- scan_eight_bit_int;
- if box(cur_val)=null then cur_val:=0 @+else
- cur_val:=mem[box(cur_val)+m].sc;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.1263
-begin if (m<mem_bot)or(m>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin cur_val_level:=sa_type(m);
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(m)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(m);
- end
-else begin scan_register_num; cur_val_level:=m-mem_bot;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(cur_val_level,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then
- if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=0
- else cur_val:=zero_glue
- else if cur_val_level<glue_val then cur_val:=sa_int(cur_ptr)
- else cur_val:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end
- else
- case cur_val_level of
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-case m of
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x
- end;
-@y
-cur_val_level:=m;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.1437
-begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.1479
- if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then tracing_online:=1;
-@y
- if eTeX_ex and(tracing_lost_chars>1) then set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,1);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
- tracing_online:=old_setting;
-@y
- set_new_eqtb_int(int_base+tracing_online_code,old_setting);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.2188
-begin cur_val:=n; fetch_box(v); vdir:=box_dir(v);
-@y
-begin v:=box(n); vdir:=box_dir(v);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.2212
-if q<>null then q:=vpack(q,natural);
-change_box(q); {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
-@y
-if q=null then set_equiv(box_base+n,null)
- {the |eq_level| of the box stays the same}
-else set_equiv(box_base+n,vpack(q,natural));
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.2336
-@d global_box_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs) {context code for `\.{\\global\\setbox0}'}
-@d ship_out_flag==global_box_flag+1 {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
-@y
-@d ship_out_flag==box_flag+(number_regs+number_regs)
- {context code for `\.{\\shipout}'}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.2344
-var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
-@!a:small_number; {global prefix}
-@y
-var p:pointer; {|ord_noad| for new box in math mode}
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.2351
-begin if box_context<global_box_flag then
- begin cur_val:=box_context-box_flag; a:=0;
- end
-else begin cur_val:=box_context-global_box_flag; a:=4;
- end;
-if cur_val<256 then define(box_base+cur_val,box_ref,cur_box)
-else sa_def_box;
-end
-@y
-if box_context<box_flag+number_regs then
- eq_define(box_base-box_flag+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-else geq_define(box_base-box_flag-number_regs+box_context,box_ref,cur_box)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l. 2367
-@!n:halfword; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(cur_box);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(q); cur_box:=copy_node_list(q);
-@y
-@!n:eight_bits; {a box number}
-begin case cur_chr of
-box_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=box(cur_val);
- set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
- {the box becomes void, at the same level}
- end;
-copy_code: begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_box:=copy_node_list(box(cur_val));
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2359
-begin scan_register_num; n:=cur_val;
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; n:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2467
-begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
-c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(p);
-@y
-begin if cur_chr>copy_code then @<Handle saved items and |goto done|@>;
-c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; p:=box(cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2431
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-change_box(null);
-@y
-else begin link(tail):=list_ptr(p);
-set_equiv(box_base+cur_val,null);
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2743
- othercases begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin j:=n-count_def_code; {|int_val..box_val|}
- if j>mu_val then j:=tok_val; {|int_val..mu_val| or |tok_val|}
- find_sa_element(j,cur_val,true); add_sa_ref(cur_ptr);
- if j=tok_val then j:=toks_register@+else j:=register;
- define(p,j,cur_ptr);
- end
- else
-@y
- othercases begin scan_eight_bit_int;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2769
- e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,true);
- cur_chr:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else e:=true;
- p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@y
- if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; p:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end
- else p:=cur_chr; {|p=every_par_loc| or |output_routine_loc| or \dots}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2789
- begin sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if (p=output_routine_loc)and not e then {enclose in curlies}
-@y
- begin define(p,undefined_cs,null); free_avail(def_ref);
- end
- else begin if p=output_routine_loc then {enclose in curlies}
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2799
- sa_define(p,def_ref)(p,call,def_ref);
-@y
- define(p,call,def_ref);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2805
-if (cur_cmd=toks_register)or(cur_cmd=assign_toks) then
- begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- if cur_chr=mem_bot then
- begin scan_register_num;
- if cur_val<256 then q:=equiv(toks_base+cur_val)
- else begin find_sa_element(tok_val,cur_val,false);
- if cur_ptr=null then q:=null
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr);
- end;
- end
- else q:=sa_ptr(cur_ptr)
- else q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then sa_define(p,null)(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); sa_define(p,q)(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end
-@y
-begin if cur_cmd=toks_register then
- begin scan_eight_bit_int; cur_cmd:=assign_toks; cur_chr:=toks_base+cur_val;
- end;
-if cur_cmd=assign_toks then
- begin q:=equiv(cur_chr);
- if q=null then define(p,undefined_cs,null)
- else begin add_token_ref(q); define(p,call,q);
- end;
- goto done;
- end;
-end
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2792
-@!e:boolean; {does |l| refer to a sparse array element?}
-@!w:integer; {integer or dimen value of |l|}
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-e:=false; {just in case, will be set |true| for sparse array elements}
-@y
-begin q:=cur_cmd;
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2802
-if p<glue_val then sa_word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; sa_define(l,cur_val)(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@y
-if p<glue_val then word_define(l,cur_val)
-else begin trap_zero_glue; define(l,glue_ref,cur_val);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2809
-if (cur_chr<mem_bot)or(cur_chr>lo_mem_stat_max) then
- begin l:=cur_chr; p:=sa_type(l); e:=true;
- end
-else begin p:=cur_chr-mem_bot; scan_register_num;
- if cur_val>255 then
- begin find_sa_element(p,cur_val,true); l:=cur_ptr; e:=true;
- end
- else
-@y
-p:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2823
- end;
-end;
-found: if p<glue_val then@+if e then w:=sa_int(l)@+else w:=new_eqtb_int(l);
-else if e then s:=sa_ptr(l)@+else s:=equiv(l)
-@y
-end;
-found:
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2832
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+w;
-@y
- if q=advance then cur_val:=cur_val+new_eqtb_int(l);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2838
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=s;
-@y
-begin q:=new_spec(cur_val); r:=equiv(l);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2847
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(w,cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(w,cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(w,cur_val)
-else begin r:=new_spec(s);
-@y
- if p=int_val then cur_val:=mult_integers(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
- else cur_val:=nx_plus_y(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val,0)
- else cur_val:=x_over_n(new_eqtb_int(l),cur_val)
-else begin s:=equiv(l); r:=new_spec(s);
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2859
-set_box: begin scan_register_num;
- if global then n:=global_box_flag+cur_val@+else n:=box_flag+cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(n)
-@y
-set_box: begin scan_eight_bit_int;
- if global then n:=number_regs+cur_val@+else n:=cur_val;
- scan_optional_equals;
- if set_box_allowed then scan_box(box_flag+n)
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.2925
-@!b:pointer; {box register}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_register_num; fetch_box(b); scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if b<>null then mem[b+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@y
-@!b:eight_bits; {box number}
-begin c:=cur_chr; scan_eight_bit_int; b:=cur_val; scan_optional_equals;
-scan_normal_dimen;
-if box(b)<>null then mem[box(b)+c].sc:=cur_val;
-@z
-%---------------------------------------
-@x l.2998
-begin scan_register_num; fetch_box(p); begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if p=null then print("void")@+else show_box(p);
-@y
-begin scan_eight_bit_int; begin_diagnostic;
-print_nl("> \box"); print_int(cur_val); print_char("=");
-if box(cur_val)=null then print("void")
-else show_box(box(cur_val));
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.3023
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do dump_int(sa_root[k]);
-@y
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x eobase.ch l.3030
-if eTeX_ex then for k:=int_val to tok_val do
- undump(null)(lo_mem_max)(sa_root[k]);
-@y
-@z
-@x l. 3181
-for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do eTeX_state(j):=0; {disable all enhancements}
-@y
-for j:=0 to eTeX_states-1 do set_new_eqtb_int(eTeX_state_base+j,0); {disable all enhancements}
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-@x l.3558
-@ @<Show the box context@>=
-i:=saved(-4);
-if i<>0 then
- if i<box_flag then
- begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove;
- if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1);
- print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt");
- end
- else if i<ship_out_flag then
- begin if i>=global_box_flag then
- begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-(global_box_flag-box_flag);
- end;
- print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("=");
- end
- else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders))
-@y
-@ @<Show the box context@>=
-i:=saved(-4);
-if i<>0 then
- if i<box_flag then
- begin if abs(nest[p].mode_field)=vmode then j:=hmove else j:=vmove;
- if i>0 then print_cmd_chr(j,0) else print_cmd_chr(j,1);
- print_scaled(abs(i)); print("pt");
- end
- else if i<ship_out_flag then
- begin if i>=box_flag+number_regs then
- begin print_esc("global"); i:=i-number_regs;
- end;
- print_esc("setbox"); print_int(i-box_flag); print_char("=");
- end
- else print_cmd_chr(leader_ship,i-(leader_flag-a_leaders))
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29bb2d..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc1.ch
+++ /dev/null
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cdab96ab09..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eonewdir-rc2.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-% Backport some 1.23 dir primitives to 1.15
-% namely, \boxdir
-% NOT \nextfakemath, which requires too many changes
-
-@x
-@d assign_dir=register+1 {(\.{\\pagedir}, \.{\\textdir})}
-@d max_internal=assign_dir
- {the largest code that can follow \.{\\the}}
-@y
-@d assign_next_fake_math=register+1 {(\.{\\nextfakemath})} {unused}
-@d assign_box_dir=register+2 {(\.{\\boxdir})}
-@d assign_dir=register+3 {(\.{\\pagedir}, \.{\\textdir})}
-@d max_internal=assign_dir
- {the largest code that can follow \.{\\the}}
-@z
-
-@x
-assign_int: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(int_val);
-assign_dir: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(dir_val);
-@y
-assign_int: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(int_val);
-assign_box_dir: begin
- scan_eight_bit_int;
- m:=cur_val;
- if box(m)<>null then cur_val:=box_dir(box(m))
- else cur_val:=0;
- cur_val_level:=dir_val;
- end;
-assign_dir: scanned_result(new_eqtb_int(m))(dir_val);
-@z
-
-@x [47] m.1071
-primitive("xleaders",leader_ship,x_leaders);
-@!@:x_leaders_}{\.{\\xleaders} primitive@>
-@y
-primitive("xleaders",leader_ship,x_leaders);
-@!@:x_leaders_}{\.{\\xleaders} primitive@>
-primitive("boxdir",assign_box_dir,0);
-@!@:box_dir}{\.{\\boxdir} primitive@>
-@z
-
-@x [47] m.1073
-any_mode(make_box): begin_box(0);
-@y
-any_mode(make_box): begin_box(0);
-any_mode(assign_box_dir): begin scan_eight_bit_int;
- cur_box:=box(cur_val);
- scan_optional_equals; scan_dir;
- if cur_box<>null then box_dir(cur_box):=cur_val;
- end;
-@z
-
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c7eb4f5f8c..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc1.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version}
-@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
-@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
-@#
-@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {current \eTeX\ version}
-@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
-@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
-@d eOmega_version=0 { \.{\\eOmegaversion} } {TODO: make accessible}
-@d eOmega_revision==".2--RC1" { \.{\\eOmegarevision} } {TODO: make accessible}
-@#
-@d eTeX_banner==banner
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 669adca570f..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/eover-rc2.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-% e-Omega version-specific stuff;
-% * we define the banner and everything to be
-% e-Omega specific (with e-Omega version numbering
-% added to the sequence --yes, I know it sucks)
-% * we add both \eTeX-like and \OMEGA-like
-% commands to display the version
-@x
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1' {current \eTeX\ version}
-@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
-@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
-@#
-@d eTeX_banner=='This is e-Omega, Version ',eTeX_version_string
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC2--pre' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@#
-@d eTeX_version_string=='3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC2--pre' {current \eTeX\ version}
-@d eTeX_version=2 { \.{\\eTeXversion} }
-@d eTeX_revision==".1" { \.{\\eTeXrevision} }
-@d Omega_version_string=="1.15" { \.{\\OmegaVersion} }
-@d eOmega_version_string=="0.3--RC2" { \.{\\eOmegaVersion} }
-@d eOmega_version=0 { \.{\\eOmegaversion} }
-@d eOmega_revision==".3--RC2" { \.{\\eOmegarevision} }
-@#
-@d eTeX_banner==banner
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@z
-
-% === e-Omega history ===
-%----------------------------------------
-% Version: 0.1 (RC0)
-% Internal name: the successfull merge
-% Achievement: main executable that would run
-% Release date: 20030131
-%----------------------------------------
-% Version: 0.2 (RC1)
-% Internal name: the successfull trip (NOT)
-% Achievement: fixed the major 'trip' bug
-% making e-Omega usable for
-% Release date: 20030511
-%----------------------------------------
-% Version: 0.3 (RC2)
-% Internal name: <yet unnamed>
-% Achievement: <planned: fix the minor 'trip' bug>
-% <implemented: add \boxdir>
-% <implemented: add versioning info>
-% <implemented: add version-retrieving commands>
-% Release date: <yet to be released>
-%----------------------------------------
-
-@x
-@d eTeX_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers}
-@y
-@d eOmega_int=glue_val+4 {first of \eOmega\ codes for integers}
-@d eOmega_int_num=1 {number of \eOmega\ integers}
-@d eTeX_int=eOmega_int+eOmega_int_num {first of \eTeX\ codes for integers}
-@z
-
-@x
-@d omega_code=5 {command code for \.{\\OmegaVersion}}
-@d job_name_code=6 {command code for \.{\\jobname}}
-@y
-@d omega_code=5 {command code for \.{\\OmegaVersion}}
-@d eomega_code=6 {command code for \.{\\eOmegaVersion}}
-@d job_name_code=7 {command code for \.{\\jobname}}
-@z
-
-@x
-primitive("OmegaVersion",convert,omega_code);@/
-@!@:omega_version_}{\.{\\OmegaVersion} primitive@>
-@y
-primitive("OmegaVersion",convert,omega_code);@/
-@!@:omega_version_}{\.{\\OmegaVersion} primitive@>
-primitive("eOmegaVersion",convert,eomega_code);@/
-@!@:eomega_version_}{\.{\\eOmegaVersion} primitive@>
-@z
-
-@x
- omega_code: print_esc("OmegaVersion");
- @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
-@y
- omega_code: print_esc("OmegaVersion");
- @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
- eomega_code: print_esc("eOmegaVersion");
- @/@<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>@/
-@z
-
-@x
-omega_code:;
-job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file;
-@y
-omega_code: do_nothing;
-eomega_code: do_nothing;
-job_name_code: if job_name=0 then open_log_file;
-@z
-
-@x
-omega_code: print("1.15");
-job_name_code: print(job_name);
-@y
-omega_code: print(Omega_version_string);
-eomega_code: print(eOmega_version_string);
-job_name_code: print(job_name);
-@z
-
-@x
-@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}}
-@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code);
-@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code);
-@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/
-@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype");
-eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version;
-
-@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision");
-
-@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing;
-
-@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>=
-eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision);
-@y
-@d eOmega_version_code=eOmega_int {code for \.{\\eOmegaversion}}
-@d eTeX_version_code=eTeX_int {code for \.{\\eTeXversion}}
-@d eOmega_revision_code=job_name_code+1 {command code for \.{\\eOmegarevision}}
-@d eTeX_revision_code=job_name_code+2 {command code for \.{\\eTeXrevision}}
-
-@<Generate all \eTeX...@>=
-primitive("lastnodetype",last_item,last_node_type_code);
-@!@:last_node_type_}{\.{\\lastnodetype} primitive@>
-primitive("eOmegaversion",last_item,eOmega_version_code);
-@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eOmegaversion} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXversion",last_item,eTeX_version_code);
-@!@:eTeX_version_}{\.{\\eTeXversion} primitive@>
-primitive("eOmegarevision",convert,eOmega_revision_code);@/
-@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eOmegarevision} primitive@>
-primitive("eTeXrevision",convert,eTeX_revision_code);@/
-@!@:eTeX_revision_}{\.{\\eTeXrevision} primitive@>
-
-@ @<Cases of |last_item| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-last_node_type_code: print_esc("lastnodetype");
-eOmega_version_code: print_esc("eOmegaversion");
-eTeX_version_code: print_esc("eTeXversion");
-
-@ @<Cases for fetching an integer value@>=
-eOmega_version_code: cur_val:=eOmega_version;
-eTeX_version_code: cur_val:=eTeX_version;
-
-@ @<Cases of |convert| for |print_cmd_chr|@>=
-eOmega_revision_code: print_esc("eOmegarevision");
-eTeX_revision_code: print_esc("eTeXrevision");
-
-@ @<Cases of `Scan the argument for command |c|'@>=
-eOmega_revision_code: do_nothing;
-eTeX_revision_code: do_nothing;
-
-@ @<Cases of `Print the result of command |c|'@>=
-eOmega_revision_code: print(eOmega_revision);
-eTeX_revision_code: print(eTeX_revision);
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0
deleted file mode 100644
index dcd72d28087..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch0
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-%
-% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force
-%
-% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file.
-% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for
-% web2c and Omega changes for web2c.
-% Public domain.
-
-@x
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@z
-
-@x
-wterm(eTeX_banner);
-@y
-wterm(banner);
-@z
-
-@x
-begin wlog(eTeX_banner);
-@y
-begin wlog(banner);
-@z
-
-@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic
-if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
-@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
-@y
-if x<>@$ then goto bad_fmt; {check that strings are the same}
-@z
-
-@x
- begin @!init for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
- if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
- for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]);
- store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/
-@y
- begin @!init for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
- store_fmt_file; return;@+tini@/
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1
deleted file mode 100644
index a38b0ad409e..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-%
-% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force
-%
-% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file.
-% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for
-% web2c and Omega changes for web2c.
-% Public domain.
-
-@x
-@d banner=='This is Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@d banner_k=='This is Omegak, Version 3.141592--1.15' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d banner=='This is e-Omega, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@d banner_k=='This is e-Omegak, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1' {printed when \TeX\ starts}
-@z
-
-@x [1.2] l.188 - Web2C: extensions imply we're not TeX.
-@d eTeX_banner==banner
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@y
-@d eTeX_banner==banner
- {printed when \eTeX\ starts}
-@d eTeX_banner_k==banner_k
-@z
-
-@x
-Routine is implemented in C, module is not needed.
-@y
-Routine is implemented in C; part of module is, however, needed for e-TeX.
-
-@<Report overflow of the input buffer, and abort@>=
- begin cur_input.loc_field:=first; cur_input.limit_field:=last-1;
- overflow("buffer size",buf_size);
-@:TeX capacity exceeded buffer size}{\quad buffer size@>
- end
-@z
-
- @x
- wterm(banner_k)
- @y
- wterm(eTeX_banner_k)
- @z
-
- @x
- wterm(banner);
- @y
- wterm(eTeX_banner);
- @z
-
- @x
- wlog(banner_k)
- @y
- wlog(eTeX_banner_k)
- @z
-
- @x
- wlog(banner);
- @y
- wlog(eTeX_banner);
- @z
-
-% @x l.15074
-% @<DIR: Initialize the text direction@>;
-% @y
-% @<DIR: Initialize the text direction@>;
-% if src_specials_p then begin
-% @z
-
-% @x
-% while p<>null do @<Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node,
-% @y
-% end;
-% while p<>null do @<Output node |p| for |hlist_out| and move to the next node,
-% @z
-
-% @x
-% begin synch_h; synch_v;
-% @y
-% begin synch_h; synch_v;
-% if src_specials_p then begin
-% @z
-
-% @x l.15115
-% repeat f:=font(p); c:=character(p);
-% incr(chars_since_last_special);
-% @y
-% end;
-% repeat f:=font(p); c:=character(p);
-% if src_specials_p then
-% incr(chars_since_last_special);
-% @z
-
-@x
-@<Append character |cur_chr|...@>=
-if ((head=tail) and (mode>0)) then begin
- if (insert_src_special_auto) then append_src_special;
-end;
-@y
-@<Append character |cur_chr|...@>=
-@z
-
-
-@x
-begin push_math(math_shift_group); eq_word_define(int_base+cur_fam_code,-1);
-if (insert_src_special_every_math) then insert_src_special;
-@y
-begin push_math(math_shift_group); eq_word_define(int_base+cur_fam_code,-1);
-@z
-
-@x
- push_nest; mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=ignore_depth;
- if (insert_src_special_every_vbox) then insert_src_special;
-@y
- push_nest; mode:=-vmode; prev_depth:=ignore_depth;
-@z
-
-@x
-@!init procedure store_fmt_file;
-label found1,found2,done1,done2;
-var @!k:integer; {all-purpose indices}
-@y
-@!init procedure store_fmt_file;
-label found1,found2,done1,done2;
-var j,@!k:integer; {all-purpose indices}
-@z
-
-@x [50] m.1308 l.23794 - e-TeX basic
-if x<>max_halfword then goto bad_fmt; {check |max_halfword|}
-@y
-if x<>max_halfword then goto bad_fmt; {check |max_halfword|}
-@/@<Undump the \eTeX\ state@>@/
-@z
-
-@x
- line_stack:=xmalloc_array (integer, max_in_open);
-@y
- xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open);
-@z
-
-@x
- begin @!init if ini_version then
- begin for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
- store_fmt_file; return;
- end;@+tini@/
-@y
- begin @!init if ini_version then
- begin for c:=top_mark_code to split_bot_mark_code do
- if cur_mark[c]<>null then delete_token_ref(cur_mark[c]);
- if sa_mark<>null then
- if do_marks(destroy_marks,0,sa_mark) then sa_mark:=null;
- for c:=last_box_code to vsplit_code do flush_node_list(disc_ptr[c]);
- store_fmt_file; return;
- end;@+tini@/
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2 b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2
deleted file mode 100644
index 5216941f80d..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/omega.ch2
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-%
-% Copyright (c) 2002-2003 the Omega Task Force
-%
-% Change file to assist in creating the web2c-specific change file.
-% This one resolves inconsistencies between the etex changes for
-% web2c and Omega changes for web2c.
-% Public domain.
-%
-
-@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `pdftex.pool' in error messages
-else bad_pool('! I can''t read omega.pool; bad path?')
-@y
-else bad_pool('! I can''t read eomega.pool; bad path?')
-@z
-
-@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages
-begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! omega.pool has no check sum.');
-@y
-begin if eof(pool_file) then bad_pool('! eomega.pool has no check sum.');
-@z
-
-@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages
- bad_pool('! omega.pool line doesn''t begin with two digits.');
-@y
- bad_pool('! eomega.pool line doesn''t begin with two digits.');
-@z
-
-@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages
- bad_pool('! omega.pool check sum doesn''t have nine digits.');
-@y
- bad_pool('! eomega.pool check sum doesn''t have nine digits.');
-@z
-
-@x [4.51] - Change `eomega.pool' to `omega.pool' in error messages
- bad_pool('! omega.pool doesn''t match; otangle me again (or fix the path).');
-@y
- bad_pool('! eomega.pool doesn''t match; otangle me again (or fix the path).');
-@z
-
-%----------------------------------------
-@x
-print_err("Omega capacity exceeded, sorry [");
-@y
-print_err("e-Omega capacity exceeded, sorry [");
-@z
-%----------------------------------------
-
-@x
-@=#include "omegamem.h";@>
-@y
-@=#include "eomegamem.h";@>
-@z
-
-@x
- print("Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15, ");
-@y
- print("e-Omega output, Version 3.141592--1.15--2.1--RC1, ");
-@z
-
-@x
-if ini_version then format_ident:=" (INIOMEGA)";
-@y
-if ini_version then format_ident:=" (INIEOMEGA)";
-@z
-
-@x
- xmalloc_array (line_stack, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (eof_seen, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (grp_stack, max_in_open);
- xmalloc_array (if_stack, max_in_open);
-@y
- line_stack:=xmalloc_array (integer, max_in_open);
- eof_seen:=xmalloc_array (boolean, max_in_open);
- grp_stack:=xmalloc_array (save_pointer, max_in_open);
- if_stack:=xmalloc_array (pointer, max_in_open);
-@z
-
-@x
-@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INITEX)") then
-@y
-@!init if (buffer[loc]="*")and(format_ident=" (INIEOMEGA)") then
-@z
-
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex b/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index a3c8d868cd3..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/eomegadir/primitives.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-\box0=\hboxt dir TRT {}
-
-\showthe\boxdir0
-
-\boxdir0 TLT
-
-\showthe\boxdir0
-
-\eOmegaVersion
-\eOmegaversion
-\eOmegarevision
-
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mf-supp-w32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mf-supp-w32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 63793a92134..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mf-supp-w32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output file:line:error style errors.}
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output file:line:error style errors.}
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {stop at first error.}
-@!quoted_filename : boolean;
-@z
-
-@x
- ready_already:=0;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@z
-
-@x
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-@y
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-if (halt_on_error_p) then begin
- history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-end;
-@y
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-quoted_filename:=false;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x
-begin if stop_at_space and ((c=" ")or(c=tab)) then more_name:=false
-else begin if IS_DIR_SEP (c) then
-@y
-begin
-if c="""" then begin
- quoted_filename:=not quoted_filename;
- more_name:=true;
-end;
-if ((c=" ")or(c=tab)) and stop_at_space and (not quoted_filename) then more_name:=false
-else begin
- if (c="*") then c:=" "
- else if (c="?") then c:="~";
- if IS_DIR_SEP (c) then
-@z
-
-@x
-@<Basic printing...@>=
-procedure print_file_name(@!n,@!a,@!e:integer);
-begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e);
-end;
-@y
-@d print_file_name==texmf_print_file_name
-@z
-
-@x
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end
-@y
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; if not (c="""") then begin incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end end
-@z
-
-@x
-@p begin @!{|start_here|}
-@y
-@p begin @!{|start_here|}
-
- texmf_start_job;
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mp-supp-w32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/mp-supp-w32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f1ab17377c..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/mp-supp-w32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {file:line:error style messages.}
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output file:line:error style errors.}
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {stop at first error.}
-@!quoted_filename : boolean;
-@z
-
-@x
- ready_already:=0;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@z
-
-@x
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-@y
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-if (halt_on_error_p) then begin
- history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x
-area_delimiter:=-1; ext_delimiter:=-1;
-end;
-@y
-area_delimiter:=-1; ext_delimiter:=-1;
-quoted_filename:=false;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x
-begin if stop_at_space and ((c=" ")or(c=tab)) then more_name:=false
-else begin if IS_DIR_SEP (c) then
-@y
-begin
-if c="""" then begin
- quoted_filename:=not quoted_filename;
- more_name:=true;
-end;
-if ((c=" ")or(c=tab)) and stop_at_space and (not quoted_filename) then more_name:=false
-else begin
- if (c="*") then c:=" "
- else if (c="?") then c:="~";
- if IS_DIR_SEP (c) then
-@z
-
-@x
-@<Basic printing...@>=
-procedure print_file_name(@!n,@!a,@!e:integer);
-begin print(a); print(n); print(e);
-end;
-@y
-@d print_file_name==texmf_print_file_name
-@z
-
-@x
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end
-@y
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; if not (c="""") then begin incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end end
-@z
-
-@x
-@p begin @!{|start_here|}
-@y
-@p begin @!{|start_here|}
-
- texmf_start_job;
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/com-supp-w32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/com-supp-w32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 162cf594ec6..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/com-supp-w32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {allow only on error.}
-@z
-
-@x
- ready_already:=0;
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
-@z
-
-@x
-print_char("."); show_context;
-@y
-if not file_line_error_style_p then begin
- print_char("."); show_context
-end;
-
-if (halt_on_error_p) then begin
- history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out;
-end;
-
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/comw32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/comw32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 12afcb2d09e..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/comw32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {output error messages with a C style. }
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {format error messages as file:line:error}
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {stop at first error.}
-@!quoted_filename : boolean;
-@z
-
-@x l:1927
- ready_already:=0;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@z
-
-@x l:10101
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-@y
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-quoted_filename:=false;
-@z
-
-@x l:10111
-begin if c=" " then more_name:=false
-else begin str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@y
-begin
-if c="""" then begin
- quoted_filename:=not quoted_filename;
- more_name:=true;
-end;
-if (c=" ") and (not quoted_filename) then more_name:=false
-else begin
- if (c="*") then c:=" "
- else if (c="?") then c:="~";
- str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@z
-
-@x l:10175
-begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e);
-@y
-begin texmf_print_filename (a, n, e);
-@z
-
-@x l:10184
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end
-@y
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; if not (c="""") then begin incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end end
-@z
-
-@x l:13060
- print_nl("Output written on "); slow_print(output_file_name);
-@y
- print_nl("Output written on "); texmf_print_filename(0, output_file_name, 0);
-@z
-
-@x
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-@y
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-
- texmf_start_job;
-@z
-
-@x l:24891
- slow_print(log_name); print_char(".");
- end;
-@y
- texmf_print_filename(0, log_name, 0); print_char(".");
- end;
-@z
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/omega.mak b/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/omega.mak
deleted file mode 100644
index 619fe8393ea..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/omegadir/omega.mak
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-################################################################################
-#
-# Makefile : Omega, web2c win32.mak makefile fragment to build Omega
-# Author : Fabrice Popineau <Fabrice.Popineau@supelec.fr>
-# Platform : Win32, Microsoft VC++ 6.0, depends upon fpTeX 0.5 sources
-# Time-stamp: <04/03/20 16:40:28 popineau>
-#
-################################################################################
-
-Makefile: $(win32make_srcdir)/omega.mak
-
-omegafonts_programs = omegafonts\$(objdir)\omfonts.exe
-otps_programs = otps\$(objdir)\otp2ocp.exe otps\$(objdir)\outocp.exe
-omegafonts = omegafonts
-otps = otps
-
-odvicopy = $(objdir)\odvicopy.exe
-odvitype = $(objdir)\odvitype.exe
-otangle = $(objdir)\otangle.exe
-omegaware_c = odvicopy.c odvitype.c otangle.c
-omegaware_programs = $(otangle) $(odvicopy) $(odvitype)
-
-omega_programs = $(otangle) $(odvicopy) $(odvitype) \
- $(otps_programs) $(omegafonts_programs)
-
-# Omegaware
-
-$(objdir)\odvicopy.exe: $(objdir)\odvicopy.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(conlibs)
-
-odvicopy.c odvicopy.h: $(web2c_common) $(web2c_programs) odvicopy.p
- $(web2c) odvicopy
-odvicopy.p: omegaware\odvicopy.web omegaware\odvicopy.ch
- .\$(objdir)\tangle omegaware\odvicopy.web omegaware\odvicopy.ch
-check: odvicopy-check
-odvicopy-check: $(objdir)\odvicopy.exe
-# ./odvicopy $(srcdir)/tests/story tests/xstory.dvi
-## Redirect stderr so the terminal output will end up in the log file.
-# (TFMFONTS=$(srcdir)/tests: ./odvicopy <$(srcdir)/tests/pplr.dvi \
-# >tests/xpplr.dvi) 2>&1
-clean:: odvicopy-clean
-odvicopy-clean:
-# $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) odvicopy
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(objdir)\odvicopy.obj odvicopy.c odvicopy.h odvicopy.p) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-# rm -f tests/xstory.dvi tests/xpplr.dvi
-
-$(objdir)\odvitype.exe: $(objdir)\odvitype.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(conlibs)
-
-odvitype.c odvitype.h: $(web2c_common) $(web2c_programs) odvitype.p
- $(web2c) odvitype
-
-odvitype.p: $(objdir)\tangle.exe omegaware\odvitype.web omegaware\odvitype.ch
- $(objdir)\tangle.exe omegaware\odvitype.web omegaware\odvitype.ch
-check: odvitype-check
-odvitype-check: $(objdir)\odvitype.exe
-# ./odvitype -show-opcodes $(srcdir)/tests/story >tests/xstory.dvityp
-# ./odvitype --p=\*.\*.2 $(srcdir)/tests/pagenum.dvi >tests/xpagenum.typ
-clean:: odvitype-clean
-odvitype-clean:
-# $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) odvitype
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(objdir)\odvitype.obj odvitype.c odvitype.h odvitype.p) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-# -$(del) tests/xstory.dvityp tests/xpagenum.typ
-
-$(objdir)\otangle.exe: $(objdir)\otangle.obj $(objdir)\otangle.res $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(conlibs)
-otangle.c otangle.h: $(web2c_common) $(web2c_programs) otangle.p
- $(web2c) otangle
-otangle.p: $(objdir)\tangle.exe omegaware\otangle.web omegaware\otangle.ch
- $(objdir)\tangle omegaware\otangle.web omegaware\otangle.ch
-check: otangle-check
-otangle-check: otangle
-# otangling omega is a good check already
-clean:: otangle-clean
-otangle-clean:
-# $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) otangle
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(objdir)\otangle.obj otangle.c otangle.h otangle.p) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-#
-# Omega itself.
-
-# We build omega
-omega = $(objdir)\omega.exe
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-omega = $(omega) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.dll
-!endif
-
-omega_programs = $(omega) $(omega_programs)
-
-# The C sources.
-omega_c = omega.c
-omega_o = $(objdir)\omega.obj $(objdir)\omegafirst.obj $(objdir)\omegabis.obj
-
-# Linking
-!ifdef TEX_DLL
-$(ojbdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.exp: $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.lib
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.lib: $(omega_o)
- $(archive) /DEF $(omega_o)
-
-$(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.dll: $(omega_o) $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.exp $(objdir)\omega.res $(omegalibsdep) $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link_dll) $(**) $(conlibs)
-
-$(objdir)\omega.exe: $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(objdir)\$(library_prefix)omega.lib $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketslib) $(conlibs)
-!else
-$(objdir)\omega.exe: $(omega_o) $(objdir)\win32main.obj $(kpathsealib) $(proglib)
- $(link) $(**) $(socketlibs) $(conlibs)
-!endif
-
-
-# The C files
-$(omega_c) omegacoerce.h omegad.h: omega.p $(web2c_texmf)
- $(web2c) omega
-# Additional C files, just copy them.
-omegafirst.c: omegadir\omega.c
- -$(del) $@
- @$(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omega.c $@ $(redir_stdout)
-omegabis.c: omegadir\omegabis.c
- -$(del) $@
- @$(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegabis.c $@ $(redir_stdout)
-omegamem.h: omegadir\omegamem.h
- -$(del) $@
- @$(copy) $(srcdir)\omegadir\omegamem.h $@ $(redir_stdout)
-
-# The Pascal file
-omega.p omega.pool: $(objdir)\otangle.exe omega.web omega.ch
- $(objdir)\otangle omega.web omega.ch
-
-# Generation of the web and ch files.
-omega_files = \
- omegadir\omnode.ch \
- omegadir\om16bit.ch \
- omegadir\omstr.ch \
- omegadir\omfont.ch \
- omegadir\omchar.ch \
- omegadir\omfi.ch \
- omegadir\ompar.ch \
- omegadir\omocp.ch \
- omegadir\omfilter.ch \
- omegadir\omtrans.ch \
- omegadir\omdir.ch \
- omegadir\omxml.ch
-
-omega_changefiles = \
- omegadir\comnode.ch \
- omegadir\com16bit.ch \
- omegadir\comstr.ch \
- omegadir\comfont.ch \
- omegadir\comchar.ch \
- omegadir\comfi.ch \
- omegadir\compar.ch \
- omegadir\comocp.ch \
- omegadir\comfilter.ch \
- omegadir\comtrans.ch \
- omegadir\comdir.ch \
- omegadir\comxml.ch \
- omegadir\comsrcspec.ch \
- omegadir\comw32.ch
-
-omega.web: .\$(objdir)\tie.exe tex.web $(omega_files) # omegadir\omega.mak
- .\$(objdir)\tie -m omega.web tex.web $(omega_files)
-
-omega.ch: .\$(objdir)\tie.exe omega.web $(omega_changefiles) # omegadir\omega.mak
- .\$(objdir)\tie -c omega.ch omega.web $(omega_changefiles)
-
-# Check: right now all we do is build the format.
-check: omega-check
-omega-check: omega omega.oft
-# Cleaning up from building omega
-clean:: omega-clean
-omega-clean:
-# $(LIBTOOL) --mode=clean $(RM) omega
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %%i in ($(omega_o) $(omega_c) omegaextra.c omegacoerce.h omegad.h \
- omegafirst.c omegabis.c omegamem.h \
- omega.p omega.pool omega.web omega.ch) do $(del) %%i $(redir_stderr) \
- )
-#
-# Dumps.
-# all_ofmts = omega.oft $(ofmts)
-
-# dumps: ofmts
-# ofmts: $(all_ofmts)
-
-# omega.oft: $(omega)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=omega files="omega.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\omega.exe --progname=omega --jobname=omega --ini "\input omega.tex \dump" < nul
-#
-# lambda.oft: $(omega)
-# $(dumpenv) $(make) progname=lambda files="lambda.tex" prereq-check
-# $(dumpenv) .\$(objdir)\omega.exe --progname=lambda --jobname=lambda --ini "\input lambda.tex" < nul
-
-#
-# Some additional programs for Omega: the programs themselves are named
-# in the variable otps_programs, defined above.
-otps\$(objdir)\otp2ocp.exe otps\$(objdir)\outocp.exe:
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- pushd otps & $(make) all & popd \
- )
-omegafonts\$(objdir)\omfonts.exe:
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- pushd omegafonts & $(make) all & popd \
- )
-#
-# Installation.
-install-omega: install-omega-exec install-omega-data
-install-omega-exec: install-omega-links
-# install-omega-data: install-omega-dumps
-install-omega-dumps: install-omega-fmts
-
-# The actual binary executables and pool files.
-install-programs: install-omega-programs
-install-omega-programs: $(omega_programs) $(bindir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- for %p in ($(eomega)) do copy %%p $(bindir) \
- )
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- pushd otps & $(make) install-programs & popd \
- )
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- pushd omegafonts & $(make) install-programs & popd \
- )
-
-# install-links: install-omega-links
-install-omega-links: install-omega-programs
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- pushd omegafonts & $(make) install-links & popd \
- )
-# -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
-# pushd $(bindir) & \
-# $(del) .\iniomega.exe .\viromega.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\omega.exe $(bindir)\iniomega.exe & \
-# $(lnexe) .\omega.exe $(bindir)\viromega.exe & \
-# popd \
-# ) $(redir_stdout)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(ofmts)"=="" \
- for %%i in ($(ofmts)) do \
- pushd $(bindir) & \
- $(del) .\%%~ni.exe & \
- $(lnexe) .\omega.exe $(bindir)\%%~ni.exe & \
- popd \
- ) $(redir_stdout)
-
-# Always do plain.*, so examples from the TeXbook (etc.) will work.
-# install-fmts: install-omega-fmts
-install-omega-fmts: ofmts $(fmtdir)
- -@echo $(verbose) & ( \
- if not "$(all_ofmts)"=="" \
- for %%f in ($(all_ofmts)) do \
- $(copy) %%f $(fmtdir)\%%f $(redir_stdout) \
- )
-
-# Auxiliary files.
-install-data:: install-omega-data
-install-omega-data: $(texpooldir)
- @$(copy) omega.pool $(texpooldir)\omega.pool $(redir_stdout) $(redir_stdout)
-
-# end of omega.mak
-#
-# Local variables:
-# page-delimiter: "^# \f"
-# mode: Makefile
-# End:
diff --git a/Build/source/texk/web2c/tex-supp-w32.ch b/Build/source/texk/web2c/tex-supp-w32.ch
deleted file mode 100644
index 707bacaf7a3..00000000000
--- a/Build/source/texk/web2c/tex-supp-w32.ch
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-@x
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {format error messages as file:line:error}
-@y
-@!file_line_error_style_p:boolean; {format error messages as file:line:error}
-@!halt_on_error_p:boolean; {stop at first error.}
-@!quoted_filename : boolean;
-@z
-
-@x l:1927
- ready_already:=0;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@y
- ready_already:=0;
- texmf_finish_job;
- if (history <> spotless) and (history <> warning_issued) then
-@z
-
-@x l:1951
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-@y
-else begin print_char("."); show_context end;
-if (halt_on_error_p) then begin
- history:=fatal_error_stop; jump_out;
-end;
-@z
-
-@x l:10101
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-@y
-begin area_delimiter:=0; ext_delimiter:=0;
-quoted_filename:=false;
-@z
-
-@x l:10111
-begin if stop_at_space and (c=" ") then more_name:=false
-else begin str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@y
-begin
-if c="""" then begin
- quoted_filename:=not quoted_filename;
- more_name:=true;
-end;
-if (c=" ") and stop_at_space and (not quoted_filename) then more_name:=false
-else begin
- if (c="*") then c:=" "
- else if (c="?") then c:="~";
- str_room(1); append_char(c); {contribute |c| to the current string}
-@z
-
-@x l:10175
-begin slow_print(a); slow_print(n); slow_print(e);
-@y
-begin texmf_print_filename (a, n, e);
-@z
-
-@x l:10184
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end
-@y
-@d append_to_name(#)==begin c:=#; if not (c="""") then begin incr(k);
- if k<=file_name_size then name_of_file[k]:=xchr[c];
- end end
-@z
-
-@x l:13060
- print_nl("Output written on "); slow_print(output_file_name);
-@y
- print_nl("Output written on "); texmf_print_filename(0, output_file_name, 0);
-@z
-
-@x
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-@y
-begin @!{|start_here|}
-
- texmf_start_job;
-@z
-
-@x l:24891
- slow_print(log_name); print_char(".");
- end;
-@y
- texmf_print_filename(0, log_name, 0); print_char(".");
- end;
-@z